ex991p1i0
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 1
TD Bank Group Reports First Quarter 2024 Results
 
Report to Shareholders
 
Three months ended January 31, 2024
The financial information in this document is reported
 
in Canadian dollars and is based on
 
the Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and
related Notes prepared in accordance
 
with International Financial Reporting Standards
 
(IFRS) as issued by the International
 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB),
unless otherwise noted. Certain comparative
 
amounts have been revised to conform
 
to the presentation adopted in the current period.
Reported results conform to generally accepted
 
accounting principles (GAAP), in accordance
 
with IFRS. Adjusted measures are non-GAAP
 
financial measures.
For additional information about the Bank’s use of
 
non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in
 
the “How We Performed”
section of this document.
FIRST QUARTER FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS,
 
compared with the first quarter last year:
Reported diluted earnings per share were
 
$1.55, compared with $0.82.
Adjusted diluted earnings per share were
 
$2.00, compared with $2.23.
Reported net income was $2,824 million,
 
compared with $1,581 million.
Adjusted net income was $3,637 million,
 
compared with $4,154 million.
FIRST QUARTER ADJUSTMENTS (ITEMS OF
 
NOTE)
The first quarter reported earnings figures
 
included the following items of note:
Amortization of acquired intangibles of $94
 
million ($79 million after-tax or 4 cents
 
per share), compared with $54 million
 
($46 million after-tax or
3 cents per share) in the first quarter last
 
year.
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction of $32 million
 
($26 million after-tax or 2 cents per share),
 
compared with
$34 million ($28 million after-tax or 2 cents
 
per share) in the first quarter last year.
Share of restructuring and other charges
 
from investment in Schwab of $49 million
 
(or
 
3 cents per share).
Restructuring charges of $291 million ($213
 
million after-tax or 12 cents per share).
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Cowen acquisition of $117 million ($93 million
 
after-tax or 5 cents per share).
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy of $57 million
 
($43 million after-tax or 2 cents
 
per share).
FDIC special assessment of $411 million ($310 million after-tax
 
or 17 cents per share).
TORONTO
, February 29, 2024 – TD Bank Group (“TD”
 
or the “Bank”) today announced its financial
 
results for the first quarter ended January
 
31, 2024. Reported
earnings were $2.8 billion, up 79% compared
 
with the first quarter last year, and adjusted earnings were
 
$3.6 billion, down 12%.
 
“TD had a good start to the year, with revenue growth reflecting
 
higher fee-income from our markets-driven
 
businesses, including the contribution
 
from TD Cowen,
and higher volumes and deposit margins in
 
the Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Bank,”
 
said Bharat Masrani, Group President and
 
Chief Executive Officer, TD
Bank Group. “Expense growth moderated
 
from last quarter as we made progress on
 
our restructuring initiatives,
 
delivering efficiencies across the Bank.”
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
delivered a strong quarter supported
 
by volume growth and margin expansion
 
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income was $1,785 million, an
 
increase of 3% compared to the first quarter
 
last year. The increase reflects
revenue growth, partially offset by higher non-interest
 
expenses and provisions for credit losses
 
(PCL). Revenue was $4,884 million, an increase
 
of 6%, reflecting
8% growth in net interest income driven by
 
volume growth and margin expansion.
 
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking delivered another strong quarter
 
for New to Canada account openings and
 
continued momentum in credit cards. TD
launched the Low Rate Visa card, further enhancing
 
its award-winning line up of credit cards.
 
In addition, TD Auto Finance delivered
 
strong performance in prime
retail auto lending and accelerated acquisition
 
of dealer relationships in its commercial
 
business year-over-year. Small Business Banking helped
 
over
165,000 clients conveniently repay or refinance
 
Canada Emergency Business Account
 
loans.
 
The U.S. Retail Bank delivered loan growth
 
and operating momentum in a challenging
 
environment
 
U.S. Retail reported net income of $907 million,
 
a decrease of 43% (43% in U.S. dollars)
 
compared with the first quarter last year. On an adjusted
 
basis, net
income was $1,217 million, a decline of 27%
 
(27% in U.S. dollars). TD Bank’s investment
 
in The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”)
 
contributed $194 million
in earnings, a decrease of 36% (35% in
 
U.S. dollars) compared with the first quarter
 
last year.
 
The U.S. Retail Bank, which excludes the Bank’s
 
investment in Schwab, reported net income
 
of $713 million (US$526 million), a decrease
 
of 44% (45% in U.S.
dollars) from the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting
 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
(FDIC) special assessment, lower revenue
 
and higher PCL.
On an adjusted basis net income was $1,023
 
million (US$752 million), a decrease of 25% (26%
 
in U.S. dollars) from the first quarter last
 
year.
 
The U.S. Retail Bank continued to deliver loan
 
growth while maintaining its through-the-cycle
 
underwriting standards, with total average
 
loan balances up 9%
compared with the first quarter last year
 
and up 2% from last quarter. Average deposit volumes declined
 
9% year-over-year and 1% quarter-over-quarter.
Excluding sweep deposits, total personal
 
and business deposit average balances
 
were down 2% year-over-year and flat quarter-over-quarter,
 
reflecting
competitive market conditions.
 
During the quarter, TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank®
 
(TD AMCB) announced a three-year US$20
 
billion Community Impact Plan to support lending,
philanthropy, and banking access in diverse and underserved
 
communities across its footprint. TD AMCB
 
continued to deliver innovative solutions to
 
small
business clients with the launch of Tap to Pay on iPhone and Zelle for Small Business,
 
offering enhanced convenience and payment
 
functionality.
Wealth Management and Insurance delivered
 
good performance reflecting the strength
 
of its diversified businesses
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
was $555 million, relatively flat compared
 
with the first quarter last year, as positive top-line
 
momentum was
partially offset by higher insurance service expenses.
 
This quarter’s revenue growth of 8%
 
reflected insurance premium growth
 
and higher fee-based revenue in
the asset management and advice-based
 
businesses.
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 2
This quarter, Wealth Management and Insurance’s investments in
 
client-centric innovation continued to
 
drive momentum and gain recognition.TD
 
Direct Investing
ranked as the #1 Direct Investing Brokerage
 
in Canada by the Globe and Mail for the
 
second consecutive year. Eighteen mutual funds and ETFs
 
managed by TD
Asset Management received 2023 FundGrade
 
A+ Awards by Fundata Canada Inc. for demonstrating
 
strong risk-adjusted performance relative
 
to industry peers,
underscoring the expertise of the Bank’s investment
 
teams.
Wholesale Banking delivered record
 
revenue
 
Wholesale Banking reported net income for
 
the quarter was $205 million, a decrease
 
of $126 million compared with the first quarter
 
last year, reflecting higher non-
interest expenses which include integration-related
 
costs of $117 million and a provision of $102 million taken in connection
 
with the industry-wide U.S. record
keeping matter, partially offset by higher revenues. On an adjusted
 
basis, net income was $298 million, a decrease
 
of $49 million or 14%. Revenue for the quarter
was $1,780 million, an increase of $435 million,
 
or 32%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year, reflecting the segment’s expanded capabilities
 
from the inclusion
of TD Cowen and strong performance across
 
Global Markets and Corporate and Investment
 
Banking.
 
This quarter, the Wholesale Bank continued to demonstrate its
 
leadership in Environmental, Social, and
 
Governance (ESG). TD Securities was
 
joint lead manager
on a 3-year (US$1.5 billion) Social Bond for
 
the International Finance Corporation (IFC)
 
to support low-income communities
 
in emerging markets. The transaction
represents IFC’s largest social bond ever issued.
 
TD Securities was also joint lead manager
 
on a new (AUD$1.5 billion) Green
 
Bond issued by KFW Development
Bank, the issuer’s largest ever transaction in the
 
Australian market.
 
Continuing to innovate for customers
The Bank continued to enhance TD Invent, its
 
enterprise approach to innovation, including
 
reaching a milestone with over 700 patents
 
across Canada and the
U.S. as of this quarter. For the third consecutive year, the Bank was recognized
 
by the Business Intelligence Group’s annual BIG
 
Innovation Awards, ranking
highest in the Organization and Product categories
 
for the TD Accessibility Adapter, a colleague-developed
 
browser plug-in that helps to make online experiences
more inclusive.
 
Capital
TD’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 13.9%.
Conclusion
“Looking ahead, TD is well-positioned from
 
both a capital and funding perspective,
 
with the capacity to continue to invest in our business
 
and return capital to
shareholders,”
 
said Masrani. “I want to thank our more than
 
95,000 TD bankers who continue to deliver
 
for our customers, communities, and shareholders.”
The foregoing contains forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”
 
on page 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 3
ENHANCED DISCLOSURE TASK FORCE
The Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) was established by the Financial
 
Stability
 
Board in 2012 to identify fundamental
 
disclosure principles,
recommendations and leading practices to enhance
 
risk disclosures of banks. The index below includes
 
the recommendations (as published by
 
the EDTF) and
lists the location of the related EDTF disclosures
 
presented in the first quarter 2024 Report to
 
Shareholders (RTS), Supplemental Financial Information
 
(SFI),
 
or
Supplemental Regulatory Disclosures (SRD).
 
Information on TD’s website,
 
SFI, and SRD is not and should not be
 
considered incorporated herein by reference
into the first quarter 2024 RTS,
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis,
 
or the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Certain disclosure references have
been made to the Bank’s
 
2023 Annual Report.
Type of
Risk
Topic
EDTF Disclosure
Page
RTS
First
Quarter
2024
SFI
First
Quarter
2024
SRD
First
Quarter
2024
Annual Report
2023
General
1
Present all related risk information together in any particular report.
Refer to below for location of disclosures
2
The bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and present key parameter
values used.
83-88, 92, 97,
99-101, 112-114
3
Describe and discuss top and emerging risks.
76-82
4
Outline plans to meet each new key regulatory ratio once applicable rules
are finalized.
28, 41
72, 109
Risk
Governance
and Risk
Management
and
Business
Model
5
Summarize the bank’s risk management organization, processes, and key
functions.
84-87
6
Description of the bank’s risk culture and procedures applied to support the
culture.
83-84
7
Description of key risks that arise from the bank’s business models and
activities.
71, 83, 88-116
8
Description of stress testing within the bank’s risk governance and capital
frameworks.
70, 87, 95, 112
Capital
Adequacy
and Risk
Weighted
Assets
9
Pillar 1 capital requirements and the impact for global systemically important
banks.
 
25-27, 76
1-3, 6
67-69, 73,
219
10
Composition of capital and reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to the
regulatory balance sheet.
1-3, 5
67
11
Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital.
 
4
12
Discussion of capital planning within a more general discussion of
management’s strategic planning.
 
68-70, 112
13
Analysis of how risk-weighted asset (RWA) relate to business activities
 
and
related risks.
 
9-13
70-71
14
Analysis of capital requirements for each method used for calculating RWA.
 
13
89-92, 94-95
15
Tabulate credit risk in the banking book
 
for Basel asset classes and major
portfolios.
 
34-51, 56-62
16
Flow statement reconciling the movements of RWA by risk type.
 
16-17
17
Discussion of Basel III back-testing requirements.
76
91, 95, 99
Liquidity
18
The bank’s management of liquidity needs and liquidity reserves.
33-35, 37-38
101-103,
105-106
Funding
19
Encumbered and unencumbered assets in a table by balance sheet
category.
36
104, 214
20
Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities
 
and off-balance sheet
commitments by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date.
41-43
109-111
21
Discussion of the bank’s funding sources and the bank’s funding strategy.
36-41
106-109
Market Risk
22
Linkage of market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolio and
balance sheet.
30
93
23
Breakdown of significant trading and non-trading market risk factors.
30, 32
93, 96-97
24
Significant market risk measurement model limitations and validation
procedures.
31
94-97, 99
25
Primary risk management techniques beyond reported risk measures and
parameters.
31
94-97
Credit Risk
26
Provide information that facilitates users’ understanding of the bank’s credit
risk profile, including any significant credit risk concentrations.
22-25, 61-66
21-36
1-5, 13, 16,
18-76
54-66, 88-92,
171-178, 187,
190-191,
217-218
27
Description of the bank’s policies for identifying impaired loans.
66
62, 147-148,
154, 177
28
Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans in the
period and the allowance for loan losses.
23, 63-65
25, 29
60, 174-176
29
Analysis of the bank’s counterparty credit risks that arise from derivative
transactions.
50-52, 63-67
91, 159,
181-183, 187,
190-191
30
Discussion of credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources of
credit risk.
 
91, 151, 159
Other Risks
31
Description of ‘other risk’ types based on management’s classifications and
discuss how each one is identified, governed, measured, and managed.
97-100, 112-116
32
Discuss publicly known risk events related to other risks.
74
81-82, 212-213,
221
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
4
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
45
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
5
Financial Highlights
46
Glossary
6
Significant Events
6
How We Performed
10
Financial Results Overview
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13
How Our Businesses Performed
49
Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet
20
Quarterly Results
50
Interim Consolidated Statement of Income
21
Balance Sheet Review
51
Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
22
Credit Portfolio Quality
52
Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
25
Capital Position
53
Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
29
Managing Risk
54
Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
44
Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
44
Accounting Policies and Estimates
77
SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
OF OPERATING
 
PERFORMANCE
This MD&A is presented to enable readers
 
to assess material changes in the financial
 
condition and operating results of TD Bank
 
Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) for
the three months ended January 31, 2024,
 
compared with the corresponding periods
 
shown. This MD&A should be read in conjunction
 
with the Bank’s unaudited
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and related Notes included in this Report
 
to Shareholders and with the 2023 Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and
related Notes and 2023 MD&A. This MD&A
 
is dated February 28, 2024. Unless otherwise
 
indicated, all amounts are expressed
 
in Canadian dollars and have been
primarily derived from the Bank’s 2023 Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and related Notes or Interim
 
Consolidated Financial Statements and
 
related Notes,
prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued
 
by the IASB. Note that certain comparative
 
amounts have been revised to conform
 
with the presentation adopted in
the current period.
 
Additional information relating to the Bank,
 
including the Bank’s 2023 Annual Information
 
Form, is available on the Bank’s website at
http://www.td.com as well as on SEDAR+
 
at http://www.sedar.com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov (EDGAR filers section).
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including
 
in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the
United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In
 
addition, representatives of the Bank may make forward-looking statements orally to
analysts, investors, the media, and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbour” provisions
 
of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under,
 
applicable
Canadian and U.S. securities legislation, including the
U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in
this document, the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“2023 MD&A”) in the Bank’s
 
2023 Annual Report under the heading “Economic Summary and Outlook”, under the headings
“Key Priorities for 2024” and “Operating Environment and Outlook” for the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking,
 
U.S. Retail, Wealth Management and Insurance, and Wholesale
Banking segments, and under the heading “2023 Accomplishments and Focus for 2024” for the Corporate segment,
 
and in other statements regarding the Bank’s objectives and priorities
for 2024 and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, and
 
the Bank’s anticipated financial performance. Forward-looking statements
can be identified by words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “forecast”, “goal”, “intend”, “may”,
 
“outlook”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”,
“target”, “will”, and “would” and similar expressions or variations thereof, or the negative thereof, but these terms
 
are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.
By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions and are subject to
 
inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of
the uncertainty related to the physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and
 
uncertainties – many of which are beyond the Bank’s control and the
effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially
 
from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Risk factors that could cause,
individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: strategic, credit, market (including equity,
 
commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate,
 
and credit spreads), operational (including
technology, cyber security,
 
and infrastructure), model, insurance, liquidity,
 
capital adequacy, legal, regulatory compliance and
 
conduct, reputational, environmental and social, and other
risks. Examples of such risk factors include general business and economic conditions in the regions in which the Bank operat
 
es; geopolitical risk; inflation, rising rates and recession;
regulatory oversight and compliance risk;
 
the ability of the Bank to execute on long-term strategies, shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful
 
completion of acquisitions
and dispositions and integration of acquisitions,
 
the ability of the Bank to achieve its financial or strategic objectives with respect to its investments, business
 
retention plans, and other
strategic plans; technology and cyber security risk (including cyber-attacks, data security breaches or technology
 
failures) on the Bank’s technologies, systems and networks, those of the
Bank’s customers (including their own devices), and third parties providing services to
 
the Bank; model risk; fraud activity; insider risk; the failure of third parties to comply with their
obligations to the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information, and other
 
risks arising from the Bank’s use of third parties; the impact of new and changes
 
to,
or application of, current laws,
 
rules and regulations, including without limitation tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory
 
guidance; increased competition from incumbents and
new entrants (including Fintechs and big technology competitors); shifts in consumer attitudes and disruptive technology;
 
environmental and social risk (including climate change);
exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; ability of the Bank to attract, develop, and retain
 
key talent; changes to the Bank’s credit ratings; changes in foreign
exchange rates, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices; the interconnectivity of Financial Institutions including
 
existing and potential international debt crises; increased funding
costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; Interbank Offered Rate
 
(IBOR) transition risk; critical accounting estimates and changes to accounting
standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; the economic, financial, and other impacts of pandemics; and
 
the occurrence
 
of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims
resulting from such events. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and
 
other factors could also adversely affect the Bank’s results. For more
detailed information, please refer to the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2023 MD&A, as may be
 
updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news
releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the heading “Significant Events” in
 
the relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on
www.td.com. All such factors, as well as other uncertainties and potential events,
 
and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, should be considered carefully when making
decisions with respect to the Bank. The Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on the Bank’s
 
forward-looking statements.
Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out
 
in the 2023 MD&A under the heading “Economic Summary and Outlook”,
under the headings “Key Priorities for 2024” and “Operating Environment and Outlook” for the Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking, U.S. Retail, Wealth Management and
Insurance, and Wholesale Banking segments, and under the heading “2023 Accomplishments and Focus for 2024”
 
for the Corporate segment, each as may be updated in subsequently
filed quarterly reports to shareholders.
Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the
 
date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank’s
shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank’s financial position, objectives and priorities and
 
anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates
presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking
 
statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to
time by or on its behalf, except as required under applicable law.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 5
TABLE 1: FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Results of operations
Total revenue – reported
1
$
13,714
$
13,178
$
12,201
Total revenue – adjusted
1,2
13,771
13,242
13,077
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
878
690
Insurance service expenses (ISE)
1
1,366
1,346
1,164
Non-interest expenses – reported
1
8,030
7,628
8,112
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,2
7,125
6,988
6,337
Net income – reported
1
2,824
2,866
1,581
Net income – adjusted
1,2
3,637
3,485
4,154
Financial position
(billions of Canadian dollars)
Total loans net of allowance for loan losses
$
904.3
$
895.9
$
836.7
Total assets
1,910.9
1,955.1
1,926.6
Total deposits
1,181.3
1,198.2
1,220.6
Total equity
112.4
112.1
112.0
Total risk-weighted assets
3
579.4
571.2
531.6
Financial ratios
Return on common equity (ROE) – reported
1,4
10.9
%
10.5
%
5.9
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1,2
14.1
12.9
16.1
Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE)
1,2,4
14.9
14.3
8.0
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
1,2
18.7
17.1
21.1
Efficiency ratio – reported
1,4
58.6
57.9
66.5
Efficiency ratio – adjusted, net of ISE
1,2,4,5
57.4
58.7
53.2
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
as a % of net
 
average loans and acceptances
0.44
0.39
0.32
Common share information – reported
(Canadian dollars)
Per share earnings
1
Basic
$
1.55
$
1.48
$
0.82
Diluted
1.55
1.48
0.82
Dividends per share
1.02
0.96
0.96
Book value per share
4
57.34
56.56
55.07
Closing share price
6
81.67
77.46
92.06
Shares outstanding (millions)
 
Average basic
1,776.7
1,806.3
1,820.7
Average diluted
1,778.2
1,807.8
1,823.1
End of period
1,772.1
1,790.7
1,828.9
Market capitalization (billions of Canadian dollars)
$
144.7
$
138.7
$
168.4
Dividend yield
4
4.9
%
4.7
%
4.3
%
Dividend payout ratio
4
65.7
64.6
116.6
Price-earnings ratio
1,4
13.1
14.0
11.1
Total shareholder return (1 year)
4
(6.9)
(6.9)
(5.7)
Common share information – adjusted
(Canadian dollars)
1,2
Per share earnings
1
Basic
$
2.01
$
1.82
$
2.24
Diluted
2.00
1.82
2.23
Dividend payout ratio
50.7
%
52.4
%
42.9
%
Price-earnings ratio
1
10.6
9.8
10.8
Capital ratios
3
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
13.9
%
14.4
%
15.5
%
Tier 1 Capital ratio
15.7
16.2
17.5
Total Capital ratio
17.6
18.1
19.9
Leverage ratio
4.4
4.4
4.8
TLAC ratio
30.8
32.7
36.6
TLAC Leverage ratio
8.6
8.9
9.9
1
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 17). Refer to Note 2 of
the Bank’s first quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
2
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD” or the
 
“Bank”) prepares its Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS, the current
 
GAAP, and refers
 
to results prepared in
accordance with IFRS as the “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures
 
such as “adjusted” results and non-GAAP ratios to assess each of its businesses
and to measure overall Bank performance. To
 
arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts reported results for “items of note”. Refer to the “How
 
We Performed” section of this document
for further explanation, a list of the items of note, and a reconciliation of adjusted to reported results. Non-GAAP financial
 
measures and ratios used in this document are not defined terms
under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.
3
 
These measures have been included in this document in accordance with the Office of the Superintendent
 
of Financial Institutions Canada’s (OSFI’s) Capital Adequacy Requirements
(CAR), Leverage Requirements (LR), and Total
 
Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) guidelines.
 
Refer to the “Capital Position” section of this document for further details.
4
 
For additional information
 
about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
5
 
Efficiency ratio – adjusted, net of ISE is calculated by dividing adjusted non-interest expenses by adjusted
 
total revenue, net of ISE. Adjusted total revenue, net of ISE – Q1 2024:
$12,405 million, Q4 2023: $11,896 million, Q1 2023: $11,913
 
million. Effective the first quarter of 2024, the composition of this non-GAAP ratio
 
and the comparative amounts have been
revised.
6
 
Toronto Stock Exchange closing market
 
price.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 6
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
 
a)
Restructuring Charges
The Bank continued to undertake certain
 
measures in the first quarter of 2024 to reduce
 
its cost base and achieve greater efficiency. In connection with these
measures, the Bank incurred $291 million
 
of restructuring charges which primarily
 
relate to employee severance and other personnel-related
 
costs and real estate
optimization.
 
The Bank continues to expect to incur restructuring
 
charges in the first half of calendar 2024
 
that are of a similar magnitude to the restructuring
charges incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023.
b)
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
Special Assessment
On November 16, 2023, the FDIC announced
 
a final rule that implements a special assessment
 
to recover the losses to the Deposit Insurance
 
Fund arising from
the protection of uninsured depositors during
 
the U.S. bank failures in the spring of 2023.
 
The FDIC special assessment resulted in
 
the recognition of $411 million
(US$300 million) pre-tax in non-interest expenses
 
in the first quarter of the Bank’s fiscal 2024.
 
On February 23, 2024, the FDIC notified
 
all institutions subject to
the special assessment that its estimate of
 
total losses has increased compared to
 
the amount communicated with the final rule
 
in November 2023. The FDIC
plans to provide institutions subject to
 
the special assessment an updated estimate
 
with its first quarter 2024 special assessment
 
invoice, to be released in June
2024. At this time, it is not known what the
 
final FDIC special assessment will be, but
 
the Bank expects the FDIC special assessment
 
to increase.
HOW WE PERFORMED
 
CORPORATE OVERVIEW
The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known
 
as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”).
 
TD is the sixth largest bank in North America
 
by
assets and serves more than 27.5 million customers
 
in four key businesses operating in a number
 
of locations in financial centres around
 
the globe: Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking, including
 
TD Canada Trust and TD Auto Finance Canada; U.S.
 
Retail, including TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient
 
Bank
®
,
TD Auto Finance U.S., TD Wealth (U.S.), and
 
an investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation;
 
Wealth Management and Insurance, including TD
 
Wealth
(Canada), TD Direct Investing, and TD
 
Insurance; and Wholesale Banking, including
 
TD Securities and TD Cowen. TD also ranks
 
among the world’s leading
online financial services firms, with more
 
than 17 million active online and mobile customers.
 
TD had $1.91 trillion in assets on January 31,
 
2024. The Toronto-
Dominion Bank trades under the symbol “TD”
 
on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.
HOW THE BANK REPORTS
The Bank prepares its Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements in accordance
 
with IFRS and refers to results prepared
 
in accordance with IFRS as “reported”
results.
 
Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures
In addition to reported results, the Bank also
 
presents certain financial measures, including
 
non-GAAP financial measures that are
 
historical, non-GAAP ratios,
supplementary financial measures and capital
 
management measures, to assess its results.
 
Non-GAAP financial measures, such as “adjusted”
 
results, are utilized
to assess the Bank’s businesses and to measure
 
the Bank’s overall performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts
 
for “items of note” from reported
results. Items of note are items which
 
management does not believe are indicative of
 
underlying business performance and are disclosed
 
in Table 3. Non-GAAP
ratios include a non-GAAP financial measure
 
as one or more of its components. Examples
 
of non-GAAP ratios include adjusted basic
 
and diluted earnings per
share (EPS), adjusted dividend payout ratio, adjusted
 
efficiency ratio, net of ISE, and adjusted effective income
 
tax rate. The Bank believes that non-GAAP
financial measures and non-GAAP ratios
 
provide the reader with a better understanding
 
of how management views the Bank’s performance.
 
Non-GAAP financial
measures and non-GAAP ratios used in this document
 
are not defined terms under IFRS and,
 
therefore, may not be comparable to similar
 
terms used by other
issuers. Supplementary financial measures
 
depict the Bank’s financial performance and position,
 
and capital management measures depict
 
the Bank’s capital
position, and both are explained in this document
 
where they first appear.
U.S. Strategic Cards
The Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio is
 
comprised of agreements with certain
 
U.S. retailers pursuant to which TD is the U.S. issuer
 
of private label and co-
branded consumer credit cards to their U.S.
 
customers. Under the terms of the individual
 
agreements, the Bank and the retailers
 
share in the profits generated by
the relevant portfolios after credit losses.
 
Under IFRS, TD is required to present
 
the gross amount of revenue and PCL related
 
to these portfolios in the Bank’s
Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.
 
At the segment level, the retailer program
 
partners’ share of revenues and credit
 
losses is presented in the Corporate
segment, with an offsetting amount (representing
 
the partners’ net share) recorded in Non-interest
 
expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate’s
 
reported net
income (loss). The net income (loss) included
 
in the U.S. Retail segment includes only
 
the portion of revenue and credit losses
 
attributable to TD under the
agreements.
Investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation
 
and IDA Agreement
On October 6, 2020, the Bank acquired an approximately
 
13.5% stake in The Charles Schwab Corporation
 
(“Schwab”) following the completion of
 
Schwab’s
acquisition of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation
 
(“TD Ameritrade”) of which the Bank
 
was a major shareholder (the “Schwab transaction”).
 
On August 1, 2022,
the Bank sold 28.4 million non-voting common
 
shares of Schwab, at a price of US$66.53
 
per share for proceeds of $2.5 billion (US$1.9
 
billion), which reduced the
Bank’s ownership interest in Schwab to approximately
 
12.0%.
The Bank accounts for its investment in
 
Schwab using the equity method. The U.S.
 
Retail segment reflects the Bank’s share of
 
net income from its investment
in Schwab. The Corporate segment net income
 
(loss) includes amounts for amortization
 
of acquired intangibles, the acquisition
 
and integration charges related to
the Schwab transaction, and the Bank’s share of restructuring
 
and other charges incurred by Schwab.
 
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings available to
common shareholders is reported with
 
a one-month lag. For further details, refer
 
to Note 7 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
 
Interim Consolidated Financial
Statements.
On November 25, 2019, the Bank and Schwab
 
signed an insured deposit account agreement
 
(the “2019 Schwab IDA Agreement”), with an
 
initial expiration
date of July 1, 2031. Under the 2019 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, starting July 1, 2021, Schwab
 
had the option to reduce the deposits by up
 
to US$10 billion per year
(subject to certain limitations and adjustments),
 
with a floor of US$50 billion. In addition, Schwab
 
requested some further operational flexibility
 
to allow for the
sweep deposit balances to fluctuate over
 
time, under certain conditions and subject to
 
certain limitations.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 7
On May 4, 2023, the Bank and Schwab entered
 
into an amended insured deposit account
 
agreement (the “2023 Schwab IDA Agreement”),
 
which replaced the
2019 Schwab IDA Agreement. Pursuant
 
to the 2023 Schwab IDA Agreement, the Bank
 
continues to make sweep deposit accounts
 
available to clients of Schwab.
Schwab designates a portion of the deposits
 
with the Bank as fixed-rate obligation amounts
 
(FROA). Remaining deposits over
 
the minimum level of FROA are
designated as floating-rate obligations. In comparison
 
to the 2019 Schwab IDA Agreement, the 2023
 
Schwab IDA Agreement extends the initial
 
expiration date by
three years to July 1, 2034 and provides for
 
lower deposit balances in its first six years,
 
followed by higher balances in the later
 
years. Specifically, until
September 2025, the aggregate FROA
 
will serve as the floor. Thereafter, the floor will be set at US$60 billion.
 
In addition, Schwab has the option to buy
 
down up
to $6.8 billion (US$5 billion)
 
of FROA by paying the Bank certain
 
fees in accordance with the 2023 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, subject to certain limits. Refer
 
to the
“Related Party Transactions” section in the 2023
 
MD&A for further details.
During the first quarter of 2024, Schwab exercised
 
its option to buy down the remaining $0.7
 
billion (US$0.5 billion) of the US$5 billion
 
FROA buydown
allowance and paid $32 million (US$23 million)
 
in termination fees to the Bank in accordance
 
with the 2023 Schwab IDA Agreement.
 
The fees are intended to
compensate the Bank for losses incurred
 
this quarter from discontinuing certain
 
hedging relationships, and for lost revenues.
 
The net impact is recorded in net
interest income.
 
The following table provides the operating results
 
on a reported basis for the Bank.
 
 
TABLE 2: OPERATING RESULTS – Reported
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Net interest income
$
7,488
$
7,494
$
7,733
Non-interest income
1
6,226
5,684
4,468
Total revenue
1
13,714
13,178
12,201
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
878
690
Insurance service expenses
1
1,366
1,346
1,164
Non-interest expenses
1
8,030
7,628
8,112
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from
investment in Schwab
1
3,317
3,326
2,235
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
1
634
616
939
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
141
156
285
Net income – reported
1
2,824
2,866
1,581
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
 
equity instruments
74
196
83
Net income available to common shareholders
1
$
2,750
$
2,670
$
1,498
1
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 8
The following table provides a reconciliation between
 
the Bank’s adjusted and reported results.
 
For further details refer to the “Significant
 
Events” or “Financial
Results Overview” sections.
TABLE 3: NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation
 
of Adjusted to Reported Net Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Operating results – adjusted
Net interest income
1
$
7,545
$
7,558
$
7,862
Non-interest income
1,2
6,226
5,684
5,215
Total revenue
2
13,771
13,242
13,077
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
878
690
Insurance service expenses
2
1,366
1,346
1,164
Non-interest expenses
2,3
7,125
6,988
6,337
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from investment in Schwab
4,279
4,030
4,886
Provision for income taxes
872
779
1,060
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
4
230
234
328
Net income – adjusted
2
3,637
3,485
4,154
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
 
equity instruments
74
196
83
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
3,563
3,289
4,071
Pre-tax adjustments for items of note
Amortization of acquired intangibles
5
(94)
(92)
(54)
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction
3,4
(32)
(31)
(34)
Share of restructuring and other charges
 
from investment in Schwab
4
(49)
(35)
Restructuring charges
3
(291)
(363)
Acquisition and integration-related charges
3
(117)
(197)
(21)
Charges related to the terminated First
 
Horizon (FHN) acquisition
3
(106)
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy
1
(57)
(64)
(876)
Litigation (settlement)/recovery
3
(1,603)
FDIC special assessment
3
(411)
Less: Impact of income taxes
Amortization of acquired intangibles
(15)
(9)
(8)
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction
(6)
(5)
(6)
Restructuring charges
(78)
(97)
Acquisition and integration-related charges
(24)
(36)
(5)
Charges related to the terminated FHN acquisition
(26)
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy
(14)
(16)
(216)
Litigation (settlement)/recovery
(445)
FDIC special assessment
(101)
Canada Recovery Dividend (CRD) and
 
federal tax rate increase for fiscal 2022
6
585
Total adjustments for items of note
(813)
(619)
(2,573)
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– reported
$
2,750
$
2,670
$
1,498
1
 
Prior to May 4, 2023, the impact shown covers periods before the termination of the FHN transaction and includes
 
the following components, reported in the Corporate segment: i) mark-
to-market gains (losses) on interest rate swaps recorded in non-interest income – Q1 2023: ($998) million, ii) basis
 
adjustment amortization related to de-designated fair value hedge
accounting relationships, recorded in net interest income – Q1 2023: $122 million,
 
and iii) interest income (expense) recognized on the interest rate swaps, reclassified from non-interest
income to net interest income with no impact to total adjusted net income – Q1 2023: $251 million. After the termination
 
of the merger agreement, the residual impact of the strategy is
reversed through net interest income – Q1 2024: ($57) million, Q4 2023: ($64) million.
2
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
3
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note:
i. Amortization of acquired intangibles – Q1 2024: $63 million, Q4 2023: $62 million,
 
Q1 2023: $24 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
ii. The Bank’s own integration and acquisition costs related to the Schwab
 
transaction – Q1 2024: $23 million, Q4 2023: $18 million, Q1 2023: $21 million, reported in the
 
Corporate
segment;
iii. Acquisition and integration-related charges – Q1 2024: $117
 
million, Q4 2023: $197 million, Q1 2023: $21 million, reported in the Wholesale Banking segment;
 
iv. Charges related to the terminated
 
FHN acquisition – Q1 2023: $106 million, reported in the U.S. Retail segment;
v. Stanford litigation settlement
 
– Q1 2023: $1,603 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
vi. Restructuring charges – Q1 2024: $291 million,
 
Q4 2023: $363 million, reported in the Corporate segment;
 
and
 
vii. FDIC special assessment – Q1 2024: $411
 
million, reported in the U.S. Retail segment.
4
 
Adjusted share of net income from investment in Schwab excludes the following items of note on an after-tax basis.
 
The earnings impact of these items is reported in the Corporate
segment:
i. Amortization of Schwab-related acquired intangibles – Q1 2024: $31 million, Q4
 
2023: $30 million, Q1 2023: $30 million;
ii. The Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with
 
Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade – Q1 2024: $9 million, Q4 2023: $13 million,
 
Q1 2023: $13 million;
iii. The Bank’s share of restructuring charges incurred by Schwab – Q1 2024:
 
$27 million, Q4 2023: $35 million; and
iv. The Bank’s share
 
of the FDIC special assessment charge incurred by Schwab – Q1 2024: $22 million.
5
Amortization of acquired intangibles relates to intangibles acquired as a result of asset acquisitions and business
 
combinations, including the after-tax amounts for amortization of
acquired intangibles relating to the Share of net income from investment in Schwab, reported in the Corporate segment.
 
Refer to footnotes 3 and 4 for amounts.
6
 
CRD and impact from increase in the Canadian federal tax rate for fiscal 2022 recognized in the first quarter of 2023,
 
reported in the Corporate segment.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 9
TABLE 4: RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
1
(Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Basic earnings per share – reported
2
$
1.55
$
1.48
$
0.82
Adjustments for items of note
0.45
0.34
1.41
Basic earnings per share – adjusted
2
$
2.01
$
1.82
$
2.24
Diluted earnings per share – reported
2
$
1.55
$
1.48
$
0.82
Adjustments for items of note
0.45
0.34
1.41
Diluted earnings per share – adjusted
2
$
2.00
$
1.82
$
2.23
1
 
EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of
 
shares outstanding during the period. Numbers may not add due to
rounding.
2
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
TABLE 5: AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES, NET OF INCOME TAXES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Schwab
1
$
31
$
30
$
30
Wholesale Banking related intangibles
42
46
7
Other
6
7
9
Included as items of note
79
83
46
Software and asset servicing rights
96
93
90
Amortization of intangibles, net of income
 
taxes
$
175
$
176
$
136
1
 
Included in Share of net income from investment in Schwab.
Return on Common Equity
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated
 
as reported net income available to common
 
shareholders as a percentage of average
 
common equity. The
consolidated Bank adjusted ROE is calculated
 
as adjusted net income available to
 
common shareholders as a percentage of average
 
common equity. Adjusted
ROE is a non-GAAP financial ratio and
 
can be utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
ROE for the business segments is calculated
 
as the segment net income attributable
 
to common shareholders as a percentage of average
 
allocated capital. The
Bank’s methodology for allocating capital to its
 
business segments is largely aligned
 
with the common equity capital requirements
 
under Basel III. Capital allocated
to the business segments was increased
 
to 11.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital effective the first quarter of 2024,
 
compared with 11% in fiscal 2023.
 
TABLE 6: RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Average common equity
$
100,269
$
100,998
$
100,441
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– reported
1
2,750
2,670
1,498
Items of note, net of income taxes
813
619
2,573
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
1
$
3,563
$
3,289
$
4,071
Return on common equity – reported
1
10.9
%
10.5
%
5.9
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1
14.1
12.9
16.1
1
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
Return on Tangible Common Equity
 
Tangible common equity (TCE) is calculated as common shareholders’ equity
 
less goodwill, imputed goodwill and intangibles
 
on the investments in Schwab and
other acquired intangible assets, net of related
 
deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE is calculated
 
as reported net income available to common
 
shareholders after
adjusting for the after-tax amortization of
 
acquired intangibles, which are treated as an
 
item of note, as a percentage of average
 
TCE. Adjusted ROTCE is
calculated using reported net income available
 
to common shareholders, adjusted for all
 
items of note, as a percentage of average
 
TCE. TCE, ROTCE, and
adjusted ROTCE can be utilized in assessing
 
the Bank’s use of equity. TCE is a non-GAAP financial measure,
 
and ROTCE and adjusted ROTCE are
 
non-GAAP
ratios.
 
 
TABLE 7: RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Average common equity
$
100,269
$
100,998
$
100,441
Average goodwill
18,208
18,217
17,486
Average imputed goodwill and intangibles on investments
 
in Schwab
6,056
6,094
6,160
Average other acquired intangibles
1
615
635
442
Average related deferred tax liabilities
(231)
(114)
(174)
Average tangible common equity
75,621
76,166
76,527
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– reported
2
2,750
2,670
1,498
Amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income
 
taxes
79
83
46
Net income available to common shareholders
 
adjusted for
 
 
amortization of acquired intangibles,
 
net of income taxes
2
2,829
2,753
1,544
Other items of note, net of income taxes
734
536
2,527
Net income available to common shareholders
 
– adjusted
2
$
3,563
$
3,289
$
4,071
Return on tangible common equity
2
14.9
%
14.3
%
8.0
%
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
2
18.7
17.1
21.1
1
 
Excludes intangibles relating to software and asset servicing rights.
2
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 10
IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS
The following table reflects the estimated impact
 
of foreign currency translation on key
 
U.S. Retail segment income statement items.
 
The impact is calculated as
the difference in translated earnings using the average
 
U.S. to Canadian dollars exchange rates in the
 
periods noted.
 
TABLE 8: IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024 vs.
January 31, 2023
Increase (Decrease)
U.S. Retail Bank
Total revenue – reported
$
9
Total revenue – adjusted
1
9
Non-interest expenses – reported
6
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1
5
Net income – reported, after-tax
2
Net income – adjusted, after-tax
1
3
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
2
U.S. Retail segment net income – reported,
 
after-tax
2
U.S. Retail segment net income – adjusted,
 
after-tax
1
3
Earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
Basic – reported
$
Basic – adjusted
1
Diluted – reported
Diluted – adjusted
1
Average foreign exchange rate (equivalent of CAD $1.00)
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
U.S. dollar
$
0.739
$
0.741
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
2
 
Share of net income from investment in Schwab and the foreign exchange impact are reported with a one-month
 
lag.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
 
OVERVIEW
Performance Summary
Outlined below is an overview of the Bank’s performance
 
for the first quarter of 2024. Shareholder
 
performance indicators help guide and benchmark
 
the Bank’s
accomplishments. For the purposes
 
of this analysis, the Bank utilizes adjusted earnings,
 
which excludes items of note from the reported
 
results that are prepared
in accordance with IFRS. Reported and
 
adjusted results and items of note are explained
 
in “Non-GAAP and Other Financial
 
Measures” in the “How We Performed”
section of this document.
 
Adjusted diluted EPS for the three months
 
ended January 31, 2024, decreased 10%
 
from the same period last year.
 
 
Adjusted ROTCE for the three months ended
 
January 31, 2024, was 18.7%.
 
For the twelve months ended January 31, 2024,
 
the total shareholder return was -6.9% compared
 
to the Canadian peer
1
average of -0.1%.
 
Net Income
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Reported net income for the quarter was $2,824
 
million, an increase of $1,243 million, or 79%,
 
compared with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting
 
the
 
impact of the Stanford litigation settlement
 
in the prior year, the loss from the net effect of the terminated
 
FHN acquisition-related capital hedging
 
strategy, and
prior year recognition of a provision for income
 
taxes in connection with the CRD and increase
 
in the Canadian federal tax rate for fiscal
 
2022. On an adjusted
basis, net income for the quarter was $3,637
 
million, a decrease of $517 million, or 12%,
 
compared with the first quarter last
 
year, primarily reflecting higher non-
interest expenses and higher PCL, partially
 
offset by higher revenues.
By segment, the increase in reported net income
 
reflects increases in the Corporate segment
 
of $1,989 million, in Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking
of $56 million, and in Wealth Management and
 
Insurance of $1 million, partially offset by decreases
 
in U.S. Retail of $677 million and in
 
Wholesale Banking of
$126 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
 
Reported net income for the quarter decreased
 
$42 million, or 1%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting higher
 
non-interest expenses, including the
F
DIC special assessment, and higher PCL,
 
partially offset by higher revenues. Adjusted net
 
income for the quarter increased $152
 
million, or 4%.
By segment, the decrease in reported net income
 
reflects decreases in U.S. Retail of $362
 
million and in the Corporate segment of $37
 
million, partially offset
by increases in Wholesale Banking of
 
$188 million, in Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking of $106 million, and
 
in Wealth Management and Insurance of
$63 million.
Net Interest Income
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Reported net interest income for the quarter
 
was $7,488 million, a decrease of $245 million,
 
or 3%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year, primarily reflecting
lower net interest income in Wholesale Banking
 
and lower deposit volumes and margins
 
in U.S. Retail, partially offset by higher
 
volumes
in Canadian Personal and
Commercial Banking. On an adjusted basis, net
 
interest income was $7,545 million, a
 
decrease of $317 million, or 4%.
By segment, the decrease in reported net interest
 
income reflects decreases in Wholesale
 
Banking of $327 million and in U.S. Retail
 
of $268 million, partially
offset by increases in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking of $294 million, in
 
the Corporate segment of $54 million, and
 
in Wealth Management and
Insurance of $2 million.
1
 
Canadian peers include Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Royal Bank of Canada, and
 
The Bank of Nova Scotia.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 11
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
 
Reported net interest income for the quarter
 
decreased $6 million, compared with the
 
prior quarter, primarily reflecting lower revenue
 
in treasury and balance sheet
management activities, lower net interest income
 
in Wholesale Banking, and lower deposit
 
volumes in U.S. Retail, partially offset by
 
higher volumes and margins in
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking. On an adjusted basis, net interest
 
income decreased $13 million.
By segment, the decrease in reported net interest
 
income reflects decreases in the Corporate
 
segment of $55 million, in U.S. Retail of $52 million,
 
and in
Wholesale Banking of $47 million, partially
 
offset by increases in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking of $128 million
 
and in Wealth Management and
Insurance of $20 million.
Non-Interest Income
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Reported non-interest income for the quarter
 
was $6,226 million, an increase of $1,758
 
million, or 39%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year, primarily
reflecting higher equity commissions, lending
 
revenue primarily from syndicated and
 
leveraged finance, underwriting fees, and
 
trading-related revenue in
Wholesale Banking, the prior year’s
 
loss from the net effect of the terminated
 
FHN acquisition-related capital hedging strategy, and higher insurance
 
premiums. On
an adjusted basis, non-interest
 
income was $6,226 million, an increase
 
of $1,011 million, or 19%.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
income reflects increases in Wholesale
 
Banking of $762 million, in the Corporate
 
segment of $733 million, in
Wealth Management and Insurance of $218 million,
 
in U.S. Retail of $44 million, and in
 
Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
of $1 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Non-interest income for the quarter increased
 
$542 million, or 10%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting higher trading-related
 
revenue, lending
revenue, and underwriting fees in Wholesale
 
Banking, and higher insurance premiums.
By segment, the increase in non-interest income
 
reflects increases in Wholesale Banking
 
of $339 million, in Wealth Management
 
and Insurance of $159 million,
in U.S. Retail of $32 million, in the Corporate
 
segment of $10 million, and in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial Banking of $2 million.
 
Provision for Credit Losses
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
PCL for the quarter was $1,001 million, an increase
 
of $311 million compared with the first quarter last year. PCL – impaired
 
was $934 million, an increase of
$381 million, or 69%, reflecting further normalization
 
of credit performance in the consumer lending
 
portfolios,
 
and credit migration in the commercial lending
portfolios.
 
PCL – performing was $67 million, a decrease
 
of $70 million, reflecting a lower build
 
in the current quarter. The performing provisions this quarter
 
were
largely recorded in the Canadian Personal and
 
Commercial Banking segment,
 
reflecting volume growth and
 
current credit conditions. Total PCL for the quarter as
an annualized percentage of credit volume
 
was 0.44%.
 
By segment, PCL was higher by $185
 
million in U.S. Retail, by $96 million in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking, by $52
 
million in the Corporate
segment, and lower by $22 million in
 
Wholesale Banking.
 
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
 
PCL for the quarter was $1,001 million, an increase
 
of $123 million compared with the prior
 
quarter. PCL – impaired was $934 million, an increase
 
of $215 million,
or 30%, reflecting further normalization of
 
credit performance in the consumer lending
 
portfolios, and credit migration in the commercial
 
lending portfolios. PCL –
performing was $67 million, a decrease of $92
 
million, reflecting a lower build in the current
 
quarter.
 
The performing provisions this quarter
 
were largely recorded in
the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
segment, reflecting volume growth and
 
current credit conditions.
 
Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized
percentage of credit volume was 0.44%.
 
By segment, PCL was higher by $96 million in
 
U.S. Retail, by $41 million in the Corporate
 
segment, by $33 million in Canadian Personal
 
and Commercial
Banking, and lower by $47 million in Wholesale
 
Banking.
 
TABLE 9: PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
– Stage 3 (impaired)
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking
$
364
$
274
$
220
U.S. Retail
377
308
212
Wealth Management and Insurance
Wholesale Banking
5
1
Corporate
2
188
137
120
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 3
934
719
553
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
– Stage 1 and Stage 2 (performing)
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking
59
116
107
U.S. Retail
8
(19)
(12)
Wealth Management and Insurance
Wholesale Banking
5
57
31
Corporate
2
(5)
5
11
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 1
 
and Stage 2
67
159
137
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
$
1,001
$
878
$
690
1
 
Includes PCL for off-balance sheet instruments.
2
 
Includes PCL on the retailer program partners’ share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 12
Insurance Service Expenses
 
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
were $1,366 million, an increase of $202
 
million, or 17%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year, reflecting increased
claims severity and less favourable prior
 
years’
 
claims development.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
increased $20 million, or 1%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, reflecting less favourable prior years’
 
claims
development, partially offset by fewer severe
 
weather-related events.
Non-Interest Expenses and Efficiency
 
Ratio
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Reported non-interest expenses were $8,030
 
million, a decrease of $82 million, or 1%,
 
compared with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting
 
the impact of
the Stanford litigation settlement in the prior
 
year, partially offset by higher employee-related expenses and
 
the FDIC special assessment. On an
 
adjusted basis,
non-interest expenses were $7,125 million, an
 
increase of $788 million, or 12%.
By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects a decrease in the
 
Corporate segment of $1,228 million, partially
 
offset by increases in
Wholesale Banking of $617 million, in
 
U.S. Retail of $370 million, in Canadian
 
Personal and Commercial Banking of
 
$121 million, and in Wealth Management and
Insurance of $38 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 58.6%, compared
 
to 66.5% in the first quarter last year. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio,
 
net of ISE was 57.4%,
compared with 53.2% in the first quarter last
 
year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Reported non-interest expenses increased
 
$402 million, or 5%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting the FDIC special assessment,
 
higher
employee-related expenses and a provision of
 
$102 million taken in connection with
 
the U.S. record keeping matter, partially offset by lower professional
 
and
advisory spend, and lower acquisition and
 
integration-related charges. Adjusted non-interest
 
expenses increased $137 million, or 2%,
 
compared with the prior
quarter.
By segment, the increase in reported non-interest
 
expenses reflects increases in U.S.
 
Retail of $365 million, in Wealth Management and
 
Insurance of
$90 million, and in Wholesale Banking of $59
 
million, partially offset by decreases in the Corporate
 
segment of $57 million and in Canadian Personal
 
and
Commercial Banking of $55 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 58.6%, compared
 
with 57.9% in the prior quarter. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio, net of
 
ISE was 57.4%,
compared with 58.7% in the prior quarter.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Bank’s effective income tax rate on a reported
 
basis was 19.1% for the current quarter, compared with 42.0%
 
in the first quarter last year and 18.5%
 
in the
prior quarter. The year-over-year decrease primarily reflects
 
the prior period tax adjustments associated
 
with the implementation of the CRD and the
 
Canadian
federal tax rate increase as well as earnings
 
mix. The quarter-over-quarter increase primarily
 
reflects earnings mix.
To allow for an after-tax calculation of adjusted income, the adjusted provision
 
for income taxes is calculated by adjusting
 
the taxes for each item of note using
the statutory income tax rate of the applicable
 
legal entity. The adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated
 
as the adjusted provision for income taxes as
 
a
percentage of adjusted net income before
 
taxes. The Bank’s adjusted effective income tax rate
 
was 20.4% for the current quarter, compared with 21.7% in
 
the first
quarter last year and 19.3% in the prior quarter. The year-over-year
 
decrease and quarter-over-quarter increase
 
primarily reflect earnings mix.
 
TABLE 10: INCOME TAXES – Reconciliation of Reported to Adjusted Provision
 
for Income Taxes
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Income taxes at Canadian statutory income
tax rate
 
$
920
27.7
%
$
922
27.7
%
$
620
27.8
%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Dividends received
(19)
(0.6)
(28)
(0.8)
(27)
(1.2)
Rate differentials on international operations
1
(271)
(8.2)
(241)
(7.2)
(227)
(10.2)
Other
4
0.2
(37)
(1.2)
573
25.6
Provision for income taxes and effective
 
income tax rate – reported
2
$
634
19.1
%
$
616
18.5
%
$
939
42.0
%
Total adjustments for items of note
238
163
121
Provision for income taxes and effective
 
income tax rate – adjusted
2
$
872
20.4
%
$
779
19.3
%
$
1,060
21.7
%
1
 
These amounts reflect tax credits as well as international business mix.
2
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
Canadian Tax Measures
On November 30, 2023, Parliament introduced
 
Bill C-59, which advances certain tax
 
measures introduced in the Canadian Federal
 
budget presented on March
28, 2023. Bill C-59 denies the dividend received
 
deduction in respect of dividends received
 
by financial institutions on shares that
 
are mark-to-market property,
subject to a minor carve out for dividends on
 
certain preferred shares, as well as imposes
 
a 2% tax on the net value of share repurchases
 
by public corporations in
Canada. The legislation,
 
which is not yet substantively enacted, proposes
 
that these measures be effective beginning
 
January 1, 2024.
International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Global Minimum Tax
The Organisation for Economic Co-operation
 
and Development published Pillar Two model rules as part
 
of its efforts toward international tax reform.
 
The Pillar
Two model rules provide for the implementation of a 15%
 
global minimum tax for large multinational
 
enterprises, which is to be applied on a jurisdiction-by-
jurisdiction basis. Pillar Two legislation has been enacted
 
or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions
 
in which the Bank operates. The earliest
 
the legislation
will be effective for the Bank is the fiscal year beginning
 
on November 1, 2024. On August 4, 2023,
 
draft legislative proposals regarding
 
Canada’s implementation
of the Pillar Two rules were released for public comment and
 
updated proposals are expected to be issued
 
in early 2024. The Bank is assessing its
 
potential
exposure to Pillar Two income taxes.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 13
ECONOMIC SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK
 
The global economy remains on track to
 
slow in calendar 2024, but to a lesser extent
 
than anticipated in the prior quarter. Inflation has generally
 
continued to cool
across the G-7, and central banks are expected
 
to start lowering interest rates soon.
 
However, the pace of decline is expected to be gradual
 
with central bankers
vigilant on inflation risks. The lagged impact of
 
cumulative interest rate hikes is expected
 
to be the primary influence dampening
 
economic growth and returning
inflation closer to the target ranges of the
 
various regions by the end of calendar 2024.
 
Geopolitical events remain a downside risk
 
to the economic forecast.
 
The U.S. economy grew at a solid 3.3%
 
annualized pace in the fourth calendar quarter
 
of 2023. Consumer spending remained healthy, growing at a solid
 
2.8%
pace, while business investment was more
 
modest, rising 1.9%. Government spending
 
continued to provide support to growth,
 
while housing activity expanded for
the second consecutive quarter. Overall, the U.S. economy
 
accelerated from a 1.9% pace in calendar
 
2022 to 2.5% in 2023.
Based on the January 2024 data, the
 
U.S. job market was still tight with the unemployment
 
rate historically low at 3.7%. The labour
 
market has shown
impressive resilience in recent months, with
 
job openings still elevated relative to
 
their pre-pandemic level and the pace of hiring
 
picking up slightly in recent
months. Although the downturn in total inflation
 
has stalled due to higher energy costs,
 
core inflation measures have continued to move
 
lower. This has prompted
the central bank to entertain discussions on
 
when interest rate cuts will become appropriate.
TD Economics expects the U.S. Federal
 
Reserve will begin cutting interest rates
 
mid-year from their current restrictive level of
 
5.25-5.50% to 4.25%-4.50% by
the end of calendar 2024. Interest rates are
 
still expected to weigh on demand through
 
the year.
The Canadian economy slowed notably in calendar
 
2023. Real GDP contracted in the third
 
calendar quarter by 1% annualized, however
 
domestic demand still
grew by a modest 1.3%. TD Economics expects
 
economic activity to have returned to growth
 
in the final calendar quarter of 2023, thereby
 
avoiding a technical
recession. The trend rate of job growth has
 
also slowed below that of the labour force, pushing
 
the unemployment rate higher. TD Economics expects the
unemployment rate to continue to move higher
 
in the months ahead, contributing to prolonged
 
weakness in consumer spending. As a result,
 
economic growth is
likely to remain quite modest through calendar
 
2024. Against that subdued backdrop,
 
the uncertainty surrounding the impact of
 
the substantial interest rate hikes
still working their way through the economy
 
leaves recession risks elevated in Canada.
 
Despite signs of slowing in the Canadian economy, progress on inflation
 
has stalled in recent months. The Bank of
 
Canada has left the overnight interest rate
unchanged at 5.00% since July, but continues to express concern
 
about the persistence of underlying inflation.
 
TD Economics expects some cooling in inflationary
dynamics will allow the Bank of Canada to lower
 
interest rates in the spring, albeit at a
 
gradual pace. The Canadian dollar is expected
 
to hover in the 73 to 74 U.S.
cent range over the next few quarters.
HOW OUR BUSINESSES PERFORMED
For management reporting purposes, the Bank’s business
 
operations and activities are organized around
 
the following four key business segments: Canadian
Personal and Commercial Banking, U.S.
 
Retail, Wealth Management and Insurance, and
 
Wholesale Banking. The Bank’s other activities
 
are grouped into the
Corporate segment.
Results of each business segment reflect revenue,
 
expenses, assets, and liabilities generated
 
by the businesses in that segment. Where applicable,
 
the Bank
measures and evaluates the performance of
 
each segment based on adjusted results
 
and ROE, and for those segments,
 
the Bank indicates that the measure is
adjusted. For further details, refer to the “How
 
We Performed”
 
section of this document, the “Business
 
Focus”
 
section in the Bank’s 2023 MD&A, and Note 28
 
of
the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for the year ended October 31, 2023. Effective
 
the first quarter of 2024, certain asset
 
management businesses
which were previously reported in the
 
U.S. Retail segment are now reported in the
 
Wealth Management and Insurance segment.
 
Comparative period information
has been adjusted to reflect the new alignment.
 
PCL related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage
 
2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan
 
commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded
 
within the
respective segment.
 
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking
 
is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis
 
(TEB), which means that the value of non-taxable
 
or tax-exempt
income, including certain dividends, is adjusted
 
to its equivalent pre-tax value. Using
 
TEB allows the Bank to measure income from
 
all securities and loans
consistently and makes for a more meaningful
 
comparison of net interest income with similar
 
institutions. The TEB increase to net interest income
 
and provision for
income taxes reflected in Wholesale Banking
 
results is reversed in the Corporate segment.
 
The TEB adjustment for the quarter was $29
 
million, compared with
$44 million in the prior quarter and $57 million
 
in the first quarter last year.
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
 
is reported in the U.S. Retail segment.
 
Amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles,
 
the acquisition and
integration charges related to the Schwab
 
transaction,
 
and the Bank’s share of restructuring and
 
other charges incurred by Schwab are recorded
 
in the Corporate
segment.
TABLE 11: CANADIAN PERSONAL AND COMMERCIAL BANKING
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Net interest income
$
3,833
$
3,705
$
3,539
Non-interest income
1,051
1,049
1,050
Total revenue
4,884
4,754
4,589
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
364
274
220
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
59
116
107
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
423
390
327
Non-interest expenses
1,984
2,039
1,863
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
692
646
670
Net income
$
1,785
$
1,679
$
1,729
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity
1
34.6
%
35.1
%
39.9
%
Net interest margin (including on securitized
 
assets)
2
2.84
2.78
2.80
Efficiency ratio
40.6
42.9
40.6
Number of Canadian retail branches
1,062
1,062
1,060
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
29,271
29,069
28,803
1
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5% CET1
 
Capital effective the first quarter of 2024 compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
2
 
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Average
 
interest-earning assets used in the calculation of net interest margin is a non-
GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed”
 
section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about
these metrics.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 14
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income for the quarter was
 
$1,785 million, an increase of $56
 
million, or 3%, compared with the first quarter
 
last
year, reflecting higher revenue, partially offset by higher non-interest
 
expenses and PCL. The annualized
 
ROE for the quarter was 34.6%, compared
 
with 39.9% in
the first quarter last year.
Revenue for the quarter was $4,884 million, an
 
increase of $295 million, or 6%, compared
 
with the first quarter last year.
Net interest income was $3,833 million, an increase
 
of $294 million, or 8%, compared with
 
the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting volume growth.
 
Average
loan volumes increased $36 billion, or 7%,
 
reflecting 7% growth in personal loans
 
and 8% growth in business loans. Average deposit
 
volumes increased
$14 billion, or 3%, reflecting 6% growth in
 
personal deposits, partially offset by 2% decline
 
in business deposits. Net interest margin
 
was 2.84%, an increase of
4 basis points (bps), primarily due to higher
 
margins on deposits, partially offset by lower
 
margins on loans.
 
Non-interest income was $1,051 million,
 
relatively flat compared with the first
 
quarter last year.
PCL for the quarter was $423 million, an increase
 
of $96 million, compared with the
 
first quarter last year. PCL – impaired for the quarter was $364
 
million, an
increase of $144 million, or 65%, reflecting
 
further normalization of credit performance
 
in the consumer lending portfolios, and
 
credit migration in the commercial
lending portfolios. PCL – performing was $59
 
million, a decrease of $48 million, reflecting a
 
lower build in the current quarter. The performing provisions
 
this
quarter largely reflect credit conditions, including
 
some continued normalization of credit performance
 
in the consumer lending portfolios, credit
 
migration in the
commercial lending portfolios, and volume
 
growth. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.30%, an
 
increase of 5 bps compared with the
first quarter last year.
 
Non-interest expenses for the quarter were $1,984
 
million, an increase of $121 million, or
 
6%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year, reflecting higher spend
supporting business growth including employee-related
 
expenses and technology costs.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 40.6%,
 
flat compared with the first quarter last
 
year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking net income for the quarter was
 
$1,785 million, an increase of $106
 
million, or 6%, compared with the prior quarter,
reflecting higher revenue and lower non-interest
 
expenses, partially offset by higher PCL. The
 
annualized ROE for the quarter was 34.6%,
 
compared with 35.1%,
in the prior quarter.
Revenue increased $130 million, or 3%,
 
compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income increased
 
$128 million, or 3%, reflecting volume growth
 
and
higher margins.
 
Average loan volumes increased $7 billion, or
 
1%, reflecting 1% growth in personal
 
loans and 2% growth in business loans. Average deposit
volumes increased $8 billion, or 2%, reflecting
 
3% growth in personal deposits, partially
 
offset by 1% decline in business deposits.
 
Net interest margin was 2.84%,
an increase of 6 bps, primarily due to higher
 
deposit margins.
Non-interest income increased $2 million, relatively
 
flat compared with the prior quarter.
PCL for the quarter was $423 million, an increase
 
of $33 million compared with the prior
 
quarter. PCL – impaired was $364 million, an increase of
 
$90 million, or
33%, reflecting further normalization of credit
 
performance in the consumer lending portfolios,
 
and credit migration in the commercial lending
 
portfolios. PCL –
performing was $59 million, a decrease
 
of $57 million, reflecting a lower build in
 
the current quarter.
 
The performing provisions this quarter largely
 
reflect credit
conditions including some continued normalization
 
of credit performance in the consumer lending
 
portfolios, credit migration in the commercial
 
lending portfolios,
and volume growth. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume
 
was 0.30%, an increase of 2 bps compared
 
with the prior quarter.
Non-interest expenses decreased $55 million,
 
or 3% compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting
 
higher non-credit provisions in the prior
 
quarter and
lower operating expenses within our support
 
functions,
 
partially offset by higher employee-related
 
expenses in Branch Banking
.
The efficiency ratio was 40.6%, compared with 42.9%,
 
in the prior quarter.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 15
TABLE 12: U.S. RETAIL
(millions of dollars, except as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
Canadian Dollars
2024
2023
2023
Net interest income
$
 
2,899
$
 
2,951
$
 
3,167
Non-interest income
 
604
 
572
 
560
Total revenue
 
3,503
 
3,523
 
3,727
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
 
377
 
308
 
212
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
 
8
(19)
(12)
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
 
385
 
289
 
200
Non-interest expenses – reported
 
2,410
 
2,045
 
2,040
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,2
 
1,999
 
2,045
 
1,934
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported
(5)
 
117
 
204
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted
1
 
96
 
117
 
230
U.S. Retail Bank net income – reported
 
713
 
1,072
 
1,283
U.S. Retail Bank net income – adjusted
1
 
1,023
 
1,072
 
1,363
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
3,4
 
194
 
197
 
301
Net income – reported
$
 
907
$
 
1,269
$
 
1,584
Net income – adjusted
1
 
1,217
 
1,269
 
1,664
U.S. Dollars
Net interest income
$
 
2,141
$
 
2,175
$
 
2,348
Non-interest income
 
446
 
421
 
415
Total revenue
 
2,587
 
2,596
 
2,763
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
 
279
 
227
 
158
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
 
6
(14)
(9)
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
 
285
 
213
 
149
Non-interest expenses – reported
 
1,779
 
1,505
 
1,512
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
1,2
 
1,479
 
1,505
 
1,434
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported
(3)
 
87
 
151
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted
1
 
71
 
87
 
170
U.S. Retail Bank net income – reported
 
526
 
791
 
951
U.S. Retail Bank net income – adjusted
1
 
752
 
791
 
1,010
Share of net income from investment in
 
Schwab
3,4
 
144
 
146
 
222
Net income – reported
$
 
670
$
 
937
$
 
1,173
Net income – adjusted
1
 
896
 
937
 
1,232
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity – reported
5
 
8.5
%
 
12.2
%
 
15.5
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1,5
 
11.3
 
12.2
 
16.3
Net interest margin
1,6
 
3.03
 
3.07
 
3.29
Efficiency ratio – reported
 
68.8
 
58.0
 
54.7
Efficiency ratio – adjusted
1
 
57.2
 
58.0
 
51.9
Assets under administration (billions of U.S.
 
dollars)
7
$
 
40
$
 
40
$
 
38
Assets under management (billions of U.S.
 
dollars)
7,8
 
7
 
7
 
7
Number of U.S. retail stores
 
1,176
 
1,177
 
1,161
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
 
27,985
 
28,182
 
27,587
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
2
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note:
i.
 
Charges related to the terminated First Horizon acquisition – Q1 2023: $106 million or US$78 million ($80 million
 
or US$59 million after-tax); and
ii.
 
FDIC special assessment – Q1 2024: $411 million or US$300
 
million ($310 million or US$226 million after-tax).
3
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings is reported with a one-month lag. Refer to
 
Note 7 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further
 
details.
4
The after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles, the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration
 
charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade, the Bank’s
share of Schwab’s restructuring charges,
 
and the Bank’s share of Schwab’s FDIC special assessment charge are recorded in
 
the Corporate segment.
 
5
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5% CET1
 
Capital effective the first quarter of 2024, compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
6
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing U.S. Retail segment’s net interest income by average interest
 
-earning assets. For the U.S. Retail segment, this calculation excludes the
impact related to sweep deposits arrangements,
 
intercompany deposits,
 
and cash collateral.
 
The value of tax-exempt interest income is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value. For
investment securities, the adjustment to fair value is included in the calculation of average interest-earning assets.
 
Management believes this calculation better reflects segment
performance. Net interest income and average interest-earning assets used in the calculation are non-GAAP financial
 
measures.
 
7
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
 
8
Refer to “How Our Businesses Performed” section regarding alignment of certain asset management businesses
 
from the U.S. Retail segment to the Wealth Management and Insurance
segment.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 16
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
U.S. Retail reported net income for the quarter
 
was $907 million (US$670 million), a decrease
 
of $677 million (US$503 million), or 43%
 
(43% in U.S. dollars),
compared with the first quarter last year. On an adjusted
 
basis, net income for the quarter was $1,217
 
million (US$896
 
million), a decrease of $447
 
million
(US$336 million), or 27% (27% in U.S. dollars).
 
The reported and adjusted annualized ROE
 
for the quarter were 8.5% and 11.3%, respectively, compared with
15.5% and 16.3%, respectively, in the first quarter last year.
U.S. Retail net income includes contributions
 
from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment
 
in Schwab. Reported net income
 
for the quarter from the
Bank’s investment in Schwab was $194 million (US$144
 
million), a decrease of $107 million (US$78
 
million), or 36% (35% in U.S. dollars).
U.S. Retail Bank reported net income
 
was $713 million (US$526
 
million), a decrease of $570 million (US$425
 
million), or 44% (45% in U.S. dollars), compared
with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting the FDIC
 
special assessment in non-interest expenses,
 
lower revenue and higher PCL. U.S.
 
Retail Bank adjusted
net income was $1,023 million (US$752
 
million), a decrease of $340 million (US$258
 
million), or 25% (26% in U.S. dollars), compared
 
with the first quarter last
year, reflecting lower revenue, higher PCL and higher non-interest
 
expenses.
Revenue for the quarter was US$2,587 million,
 
a decrease of US$176 million, or 6%,
 
compared with the first quarter last year. Net interest income
 
of
US$2,141 million, decreased US$207 million,
 
or 9%, driven by lower deposit volumes
 
and margins, partially offset by higher loan
 
volumes. Net interest margin of
3.03%, decreased 26 bps, due to lower deposit
 
margins reflecting higher deposit costs and
 
lower margins on loans. Non-interest income
 
of US$446 million
increased US$31 million, or 7%, compared
 
with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting fee income
 
growth from increased customer activity.
 
Average loan volumes increased US$16 billion,
 
or 9%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year. Personal loans increased 11%, reflecting lower mortgage
prepayments in the higher rate environment and
 
strong auto originations. Business loans increased
 
7%, reflecting good originations from new
 
customer growth
and slower payment rates. Average deposit volumes
 
decreased US$33 billion, or 9%, reflecting a
 
23% decrease in sweep deposits, a 4% decrease
 
in business
deposits, and a 1% decrease in personal
 
deposit volumes.
Assets under administration (AUA) were
 
US$40 billion as at January 31, 2024, an increase
 
of US$2 billion, or 5%, compared with the
 
first quarter last year,
reflecting net asset growth. After giving effect
 
to realignment of certain asset management
 
businesses from U.S. Retail to Wealth Management
 
and Insurance,
Assets under Management (AUM) were
 
US$7 billion as at January 31, 2024,
 
flat compared with the first quarter last
 
year.
PCL for the quarter was US$285 million,
 
an increase of US$136 million compared
 
with the first quarter last year. PCL – impaired was US$279
 
million, an
increase of US$121 million, or 77%, primarily
 
reflecting further normalization of credit performance
 
in the consumer lending portfolios
 
and credit migration in the
commercial lending portfolios,
 
largely related to commercial real estate.
 
PCL – performing was a build of US$6 million,
 
compared with a recovery of US$9 million
 
in
the prior year. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of
 
PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio,
 
as an annualized percentage of credit volume
 
was
0.61%, an increase of 27 bps, compared
 
with the first quarter last year.
Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter
 
were US$1,779 million, an increase of
 
US$267 million, or 18%, compared with the
 
first quarter last year,
reflecting the FDIC special assessment, and
 
higher employee-related expenses, partially
 
offset by acquisition and integration-related
 
charges for the terminated
First Horizon transaction in the first quarter last
 
year. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses increased
 
US$45 million, or 3%, reflecting higher employee-
related expenses.
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for the quarter
 
were 68.8% and 57.2%, respectively, compared with 54.7% and
 
51.9%, respectively, in the first
quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
U.S. Retail reported net income of $907 million
 
(US$670 million), a decrease of $362
 
million (US$267 million), or 29% (28% in
 
U.S. dollars), compared with the
prior quarter. On an adjusted basis, net income for the
 
quarter was $1,217 million (US$896 million),
 
a decrease of $52 million (US$41
 
million), or 4% (4% in U.S.
dollars). The reported and adjusted annualized
 
ROE for the quarter were 8.5% and 11.3%, respectively, compared with 12.2%, respectively, in the prior quarter.
 
The contribution from Schwab of $194
 
million (US$144 million) decreased $3
 
million (US$2 million), or 2% (1% in U.S. dollars).
 
U.S. Retail Bank reported net income
 
was $713 million (US$526
 
million), a decrease of $359 million (US$265
 
million), or 33% (34% in U.S. dollars), compared
with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting the FDIC special
 
assessment in non-interest expenses
 
and higher PCL. U.S. Retail Bank adjusted
 
net income was
$1,023 million (US$752
 
million), a decrease of $49 million (US$39
 
million), or 5% (5% in U.S. dollars), primarily
 
reflecting higher PCL, partially offset by lower
 
non-
interest expenses.
 
Revenue for the quarter was US$2,587 million, a
 
decrease of US$9 million, relatively flat
 
compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income of
US$2,141 million decreased US$34 million, or
 
2%, primarily reflecting lower deposit
 
volumes, partially offset by higher loan volumes.
 
Net interest margin of 3.03%
decreased 4 bps quarter over quarter due
 
to lower deposit margins reflecting higher
 
deposit costs, partially offset by the benefit
 
of higher reinvestment rates.
 
Non-
interest income of US$446 million increased
 
US$25 million, or 6%, primarily reflecting
 
higher deposit-related fees.
Average loan volumes increased US$3 billion,
 
or 2%, compared with the prior quarter. Personal loans increased
 
2%, reflecting lower mortgage prepayments,
strong auto originations, and seasonal credit
 
card growth. Business loans increased 1%, reflecting
 
good originations from new customer
 
growth and slower
payment rates. Average deposit volumes decreased
 
US$5 billion, or 1%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, reflecting a 5% decrease in sweep
 
deposits and a 1%
decrease in business deposits, partially offset by a
 
1% increase in personal deposit volume.
 
AUA were US$40 billion
as at January 31, 2024, flat compared
 
with the prior quarter. After giving effect to realignment of
 
certain asset management businesses
from U.S. Retail to Wealth Management and
 
Insurance, AUM were US$7 billion, flat compared
 
with the prior quarter.
PCL for the quarter was US$285 million,
 
an increase of US$72 million compared
 
with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired was US$279 million, an increase
 
of
US$52 million, or 23%, reflecting further
 
normalization of credit performance in
 
the consumer lending portfolios, including
 
seasonal trends in the credit card and
auto portfolios. PCL – performing was
 
a build of US$6 million, compared with a recovery
 
of US$14 million in the prior quarter. U.S. Retail PCL including
 
only the
Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards
 
portfolio, as an annualized percentage
 
of credit volume was 0.61%, an increase
 
of 15 bps, compared with the prior
quarter.
 
Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter
 
were US$1,779 million, an increase of
 
US$274 million, or 18%, compared to the prior
 
quarter,
 
primarily reflecting
the FDIC special assessment. On an adjusted
 
basis,
 
non-interest expenses decreased US$26
 
million, or 2%, reflecting higher legal costs in
 
the prior quarter,
partially offset by higher employee-related expenses.
 
The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for
 
the quarter were 68.8% and 57.2%, respectively, compared with 58.0%,
 
respectively, in the prior quarter.
 
THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
Refer to Note 7, Investment in Associates
 
and Joint Ventures of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further information on
Schwab.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 17
TABLE 13: WEALTH MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Net interest income
$
285
$
265
$
283
Non-interest income
1
2,850
2,691
2,632
Total revenue
3,135
2,956
2,915
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
Insurance service expenses
1
1,366
1,346
1,164
Non-interest expenses
1
1,047
957
1,009
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
167
161
188
Net income
$
555
$
492
$
554
Selected volumes and ratios
Return on common equity
1,2
37.5
%
33.9
%
39.1
%
Efficiency ratio
1
33.4
32.4
34.6
Efficiency ratio, net of ISE
1,3
59.2
59.4
57.6
Assets under administration (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
4
$
576
$
531
$
541
Assets under management (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
479
441
452
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
15,386
15,674
16,400
1
 
For the three months ended October 31, 2023 and January 31, 2023, certain amounts have been restated for the
 
adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
2
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5% CET1
 
Capital effective the first quarter of 2024, compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
3
 
Efficiency ratio, net of ISE is calculated by dividing non-interest expenses
 
by total revenue, net of ISE.
 
Total revenue, net of ISE
 
– Q1 2024: $1,769 million, Q4 2023: $1,610 million,
Q1 2023: $1,751 million. Total revenue,
 
net of ISE is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the
 
“How We Performed” section and the
Glossary of this document for additional information about this metric.
4
 
Includes AUA administered by TD Investor Services, which is part of the Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking
 
segment.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the quarter was $555 million, an increase
 
of $1 million, or relatively flat compared
 
with the first quarter last year,
reflecting higher revenue, offset by higher insurance
 
service expenses and non-interest expenses.
 
The annualized ROE for the quarter was 37.5%,
 
compared with
39.1% in the first quarter last year.
Revenue for the quarter was $3,135 million, an
 
increase of $220 million, or 8%, compared
 
with the first quarter last year. Non-interest income was
$2,850 million, an increase of $218 million, or
 
8%, reflecting higher insurance premiums,
 
and higher fee-based revenue in the wealth
 
management business. Net
interest income was $285 million, an increase
 
of $2 million, or 1%, compared with
 
the first quarter last year.
 
AUA were $576 billion as at January 31, 2024,
 
an increase of $35 billion, or 6%, compared
 
with the first quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation and
 
net
asset growth.
 
AUM were $479 billion as at January
 
31, 2024, an increase of $27 billion, or
 
6%, compared with the first quarter last
 
year, reflecting market
appreciation.
 
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
were $1,366 million, an increase of $202
 
million, or 17%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year, reflecting
increased claims severity and less favourable
 
prior years’
 
claims development.
 
Non-interest expenses for the quarter were $1,047
 
million, an increase of $38 million, or
 
4%, compared with the first quarter
 
last year, reflecting higher variable
compensation commensurate with higher
 
revenues, and technology costs.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 33.4%,
 
compared with 34.6% in the first quarter
 
last year. The efficiency ratio, net of ISE for the quarter was
 
59.2%,
compared with 57.6% in the first quarter last
 
year.
 
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Wealth Management and Insurance net income
 
for the quarter was $555 million, an increase
 
of $63 million, or 13%, compared with the prior
 
quarter, reflecting
higher revenue, partially offset by higher non-interest
 
expenses. The annualized ROE for the quarter
 
was 37.5%, compared with 33.9%, in
 
the prior quarter.
Revenue increased $179 million, or 6%,
 
compared with the prior quarter. Non-interest income increased
 
$159 million, or 6%, reflecting higher
 
insurance
premiums, as well as higher fee-based and
 
transaction revenue in the wealth management
 
business. Net interest income increased
 
$20 million, or 8%, reflecting
higher deposit margins.
AUA increased $45 billion, or 8%, and AUM
 
increased $38 billion, or 9%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, both primarily reflecting market appreciation
 
and net
asset growth.
 
Insurance service expenses for the quarter
 
increased $20 million, or 1%, compared
 
with the prior quarter, reflecting less favourable prior years’
 
claims
development, partially offset by fewer severe
 
weather-related events.
Non-interest expenses increased $90 million,
 
or 9%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting
 
higher employee-related expenses including
 
variable
compensation commensurate with higher
 
revenues.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 33.4%, compared
 
with 32.4% in the prior quarter. The efficiency ratio, net of
 
ISE for the quarter was 59.2%, compared
with 59.4% in the prior quarter.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 18
TABLE 14: WHOLESALE BANKING
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Net interest income (TEB)
$
198
$
245
$
525
Non-interest income
1,582
1,243
820
Total revenue
1,780
1,488
1,345
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
impaired
5
1
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses –
 
performing
5
57
31
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
10
57
32
Non-interest expenses – reported
1,500
1,441
883
Non-interest expenses – adjusted
2,3
1,383
1,244
862
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
 
(TEB) – reported
65
(27)
99
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
 
(TEB) – adjusted
2
89
9
104
Net income – reported
$
205
$
17
$
331
Net income – adjusted
2
298
178
347
Selected volumes and ratios
Trading-related revenue (TEB)
4
$
730
$
590
$
662
Average gross lending portfolio (billions of Canadian
 
dollars)
5
96.2
93.0
96.9
Return on common equity – reported
6
5.3
%
0.5
%
9.4
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
2,6
7.6
4.9
9.9
Efficiency ratio – reported
84.3
96.8
65.7
Efficiency ratio – adjusted
2
77.7
83.6
64.1
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
7,100
7,346
5,365
1
 
Effective March 1, 2023, Wholesale Banking results include the acquisition of Cowen Inc.
2
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
3
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the acquisition and integration-related charges primarily for the Cowen acquisition
 
– Q1 2024: $117 million ($93 million after-tax)
 
,
 
Q4 2023:
$197 million ($161 million after-tax), Q1 2023: $21 million ($16 million after-tax).
4
 
Includes net interest income (loss) TEB of ($54) million (Q4 2023: $61 million, Q1 2023: $261 million), and trading
 
income (loss) of $784 million (Q4 2023: $529 million, Q1 2023:
$401 million). Trading-related revenue (TEB) is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer
 
to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section and the Glossary
of this document for additional information about this metric.
5
 
Includes gross loans and bankers’ acceptances relating to Wholesale Banking, excluding letters of credit, cash
 
collateral, credit default swaps, and allowance for credit losses.
6
 
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 11.5%
 
CET1 Capital effective the first quarter of 2024 compared with 11%
 
in the prior year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Wholesale Banking reported net income for
 
the quarter was $205 million, a decrease
 
of $126 million, or 38%, compared
 
with the first quarter last year, primarily
reflecting higher non-interest expenses, partially
 
offset by higher revenues. On an adjusted basis,
 
net income was $298 million, a decrease
 
of $49 million or 14%.
Revenue for the quarter, including TD Cowen, was $1,780
 
million, an increase of $435 million, or 32%,
 
compared with the first quarter last year. Higher revenue
primarily reflects higher equity commissions,
 
lending revenue primarily from syndicated
 
and leveraged finance,
 
underwriting fees, and trading-related revenue.
 
PCL for the quarter was $10 million, a decrease
 
of $22 million compared with the first quarter
 
last year. PCL – impaired was $5 million. PCL – performing
 
was
$5 million, a decrease of $26 million due
 
to prior period build.
Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter, including
 
TD Cowen, were $1,500 million, an increase
 
of $617 million, or 70%, compared
 
with the first quarter
last year, primarily reflecting TD Cowen and the associated
 
acquisition and integration-related costs
 
and higher variable compensation commensurate
 
with higher
revenues as well as a provision of $102
 
million taken in connection with the U.S. record
 
keeping matter. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses
 
were
$1,383 million, an increase of $521 million, or
 
60%.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Wholesale Banking reported net income for
 
the quarter was $205 million, an increase
 
of $188 million compared with the prior
 
quarter, primarily reflecting higher
revenues, partially offset by higher non-interest
 
expenses. On an adjusted basis, net income
 
was $298 million, an increase of $120
 
million, or 67%.
Revenue for the quarter increased $292 million,
 
or 20%, compared with the prior quarter. Higher revenue
 
primarily reflects higher trading-related
 
revenue,
lending revenue, and underwriting fees.
 
 
PCL for the quarter was $10 million, a
 
decrease of $47 million compared with
 
the prior quarter. PCL – impaired was $5 million. PCL – performing
 
was
$5 million, a decrease of $52 million due
 
to prior quarter build.
Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter, increased $59
 
million, or 4%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting
 
a provision of $102 million
taken in connection with the U.S. record keeping
 
matter, partially offset by lower acquisition and integration related
 
costs. On an adjusted basis, non-interest
expenses increased $139 million or 11%.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 19
TABLE 15: CORPORATE
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Net income (loss) – reported
$
(628)
$
(591)
$
(2,617)
Adjustments for items of note
Amortization of acquired intangibles
94
92
54
Acquisition and integration charges related
 
to the Schwab transaction
32
31
34
Share of restructuring and other charges
 
from investment in Schwab
49
35
Restructuring charges
291
363
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
 
capital hedging strategy
57
64
876
Litigation settlement
1,603
Less: impact of income taxes
CRD and federal tax rate increase for fiscal
 
2022
(585)
Other items of note
113
127
675
Net income (loss) – adjusted
1
$
(218)
$
(133)
$
(140)
Decomposition of items included in net
 
income (loss) – adjusted
Net corporate expenses
2
$
(254)
$
(227)
$
(191)
Other
36
94
51
Net income (loss) – adjusted
1
$
(218)
$
(133)
$
(140)
Selected volumes
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
23,437
23,491
21,844
1
 
For additional information about the Bank’s use of non-GAAP financial measures, refer to “Non-GAAP
 
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this
document.
2
 
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Corporate segment’s reported net loss
 
for the quarter was $628 million, compared with
 
a reported net loss of $2,617 million in
 
the first quarter last year. The lower
net loss primarily reflects the impact of the
 
Stanford litigation settlement in the prior year, the net effect of the
 
terminated FHN acquisition-related capital
 
hedging
strategy, and prior year recognition of a provision for income taxes
 
in connection with the CRD and increase
 
in the Canadian federal tax rate for
 
fiscal 2022,
partially offset by restructuring charges in the
 
current quarter. Net corporate expenses increased $63
 
million compared to the prior year, mainly reflecting
investments in our risk and control infrastructure. The
 
adjusted net loss for the quarter was
 
$218 million, compared with an adjusted
 
net loss of $140 million in the
first quarter last year.
 
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Corporate segment’s reported net loss
 
for the quarter was $628 million, compared with
 
a reported net loss of $591 million in
 
the prior quarter. The higher net loss
reflects lower revenue in treasury and balance
 
sheet management activities and higher risk
 
and control expenses, partially offset by lower
 
restructuring charges.
Net corporate expenses increased $27
 
million compared to the prior quarter, mainly reflecting investments
 
in our risk and control infrastructure.
 
The adjusted net
loss for the quarter was $218
 
million, compared with an adjusted net loss
 
of $133 million in the prior quarter.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 20
QUARTERLY
 
RESULTS
 
The following table provides summary information
 
related to the Bank’s eight most recently
 
completed quarters.
 
TABLE 16: QUARTERLY RESULTS
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
For the three months ended
 
2024
2023
2022
Jan. 31
Oct. 31
Jul. 31
Apr. 30
Jan. 31
Oct. 31
Jul. 31
Apr. 30
Net interest income
$
7,488
$
7,494
$
7,289
$
7,428
$
7,733
$
7,630
$
7,044
$
6,377
Non-interest income
1
6,226
5,684
5,625
4,969
4,468
7,933
3,881
4,886
Total revenue
1
13,714
13,178
12,914
12,397
12,201
15,563
10,925
11,263
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
1,001
878
766
599
690
617
351
27
Insurance service expenses
1
1,366
1,346
1,386
1,118
1,164
723
829
592
Non-interest expenses
1
8,030
7,628
7,359
6,756
8,112
6,545
6,096
6,033
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
1
634
616
704
859
939
1,297
703
1,002
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
141
156
182
241
285
290
268
202
Net income – reported
1
2,824
2,866
2,881
3,306
1,581
6,671
3,214
3,811
Pre-tax adjustments for items of note
2
 
 
 
Amortization of acquired intangibles
94
92
88
79
54
57
58
60
Acquisition and integration charges related to the
 
 
 
Schwab transaction
32
31
54
30
34
18
23
20
Share of restructuring and other charges from
 
 
 
investment in Schwab
49
35
Restructuring charges
291
363
Acquisition and integration-related charges
117
197
143
73
21
18
Charges related to the terminated FHN acquisition
84
154
106
67
29
Payment related to the termination of the
 
FHN transaction
3
306
Impact from the terminated FHN acquisition-related
capital hedging strategy
57
64
177
134
876
(2,319)
678
Impact of retroactive tax legislation on payment card
 
clearing services
4
57
Litigation settlement/(recovery)
4
39
1,603
(224)
FDIC special assessment
 
411
Gain on sale of Schwab shares
4
(997)
Total pre-tax adjustments
 
for items of note
1,051
782
909
509
2,694
(3,156)
788
(144)
Less: Impact of income taxes
2,5
238
163
141
108
121
(550)
189
(47)
Net income – adjusted
1,2
3,637
3,485
3,649
3,707
4,154
4,065
3,813
3,714
Preferred dividends and distributions on other
 
 
 
equity instruments
74
196
74
210
83
107
43
66
Net income available to common
 
 
 
shareholders – adjusted
1,2
$
3,563
$
3,289
$
3,575
$
3,497
$
4,071
$
3,958
$
3,770
$
3,648
 
 
 
(Canadian dollars, except as noted)
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
1
 
 
 
Reported
 
$
1.55
$
1.48
$
1.53
$
1.69
$
0.82
$
3.62
$
1.76
$
2.08
Adjusted
2
2.01
1.82
1.95
1.91
2.24
2.18
2.09
2.02
Diluted earnings per share
1
 
 
 
Reported
 
1.55
1.48
1.53
1.69
0.82
3.62
1.75
2.07
Adjusted
2
2.00
1.82
1.95
1.91
2.23
2.18
2.09
2.02
Return on common equity – reported
10.9
%
10.5
%
10.8
%
12.4
%
5.9
%
26.5
%
13.5
%
16.4
%
Return on common equity – adjusted
1,2
14.1
12.9
13.8
14.0
16.1
16.0
16.1
15.9
 
 
 
(billions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
 
 
 
 
Average total assets
$
1,934
$
1,910
$
1,898
$
1,944
$
1,931
$
1,893
$
1,811
$
1,778
Average interest-earning assets
6
1,729
1,715
1,716
1,728
1,715
1,677
1,609
1,595
Net interest margin – reported
1.72
%
1.73
%
1.69
%
1.76
%
1.79
%
1.81
%
1.74
%
1.64
%
Net interest margin – adjusted
2
1.74
1.75
1.70
1.81
1.82
1.80
1.73
1.64
1
 
The Bank adopted IFRS 17 on November 1, 2023. Comparative periods prior to fiscal 2023 have not been restated
 
and are based on IFRS 4.
2
 
For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported
 
Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this
document as well as footnotes 3 and 4.
3
 
Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the payment related to the termination of the FHN transaction, reported in
 
the Corporate segment.
4
 
Adjusted non-interest income excludes the following items of note:
i. Settlement of
TD Bank, N.A. v. Lloyd’s Underwriters
 
et al.
, in Canada pursuant to which the Bank recovered losses resulting from the previous resolution of
 
proceedings in the U.S.
related to an alleged Ponzi scheme perpetrated by Scott Rothstein. The amount is reported in the U.S. Retail segment.
ii. The Bank sold 28.4 million non-voting common shares of Schwab and recognized
 
a gain on the sale. The amount is reported
 
in the Corporate segment.
iii. Stanford litigation settlement reflects the foreign exchange loss, reported in the
 
Corporate segment.
iv. Impact of retroactive tax legislation
 
on payment card clearing services, reported in the Corporate segment.
5
 
Includes the CRD and impact from increase in the Canadian federal tax rate for fiscal 2022.
6
 
Average interest-earning assets used in the calculation of net interest margin is a non-GAAP financial
 
measure. Refer to “Non-GAAP and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We
Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about these metrics.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 21
BALANCE SHEET REVIEW
 
 
TABLE 17: SELECTED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Assets
Cash and Interest-bearing deposits
 
with banks
$
81,381
$
105,069
Trading loans, securities, and other
161,520
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through
 
profit or loss
6,985
7,340
Derivatives
60,574
87,382
Financial assets designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
5,970
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
74,730
69,865
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
 
for credit losses
300,071
308,016
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
199,079
204,333
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
904,336
895,947
Investment in Schwab
9,548
8,907
Other
1
106,698
110,372
Total assets
1
$
1,910,892
$
1,955,139
Liabilities
 
Trading deposits
$
30,634
$
30,980
Derivatives
54,073
71,640
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
180,112
192,130
Deposits
1,181,254
1,198,190
Obligations related to securities sold
 
under repurchase agreements
174,129
166,854
Subordinated notes and debentures
9,554
9,620
Other
1
168,701
173,654
Total liabilities
1
1,798,457
1,843,068
Total equity
1
112,435
112,071
Total liabilities and equity
1
$
1,910,892
$
1,955,139
1
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s
 
first quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details.
Total assets
 
were $1,911 billion as at January 31, 2024, a decrease of $44 billion,
 
from October 31, 2023. The impact of
 
foreign exchange translation from the
appreciation in the Canadian dollar decreased
 
total assets by $31 billion.
The decrease in total assets reflects a decrease
 
in derivative assets of $27 billion, cash
 
and interest-bearing deposits with banks
 
of $24 billion, debt securities at
amortized cost (DSAC), net of allowance
 
for credit losses of $8 billion, securities purchased
 
under reverse repurchase agreements of
 
$5 billion, and other assets
of $4 billion. The decrease was partially offset by an
 
increase in trading loans, securities, and
 
other of $10 billion, loans, net of allowances
 
for loan losses of
$8 billion, financial assets at fair value through
 
other comprehensive income (FVOCI) of
 
$5 billion and investment in Schwab of
 
$1 billion.
Cash and interest-bearing deposits with
 
banks
decreased $24 billion primarily reflecting
 
cash management activities.
 
Trading loans, securities, and other
increased $10 billion primarily in equity securities,
 
partially offset by commodities held for trading
 
and the impact of foreign
exchange translation.
Derivative
assets
decreased $27 billion primarily reflecting
 
changes in mark-to-market values of foreign
 
exchange and interest rate contracts.
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
 
increased $5 billion primarily reflecting new
 
investments, partially offset by maturities
 
and
sales and the impact of foreign exchange translation.
Debt securities at amortized cost, net
 
of allowance for credit losses
 
decreased $8 billion primarily reflecting
 
maturities and the impact of foreign exchange
translation,
 
partially offset by new investments.
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
decreased $5 billion
primarily
reflecting the impact of foreign exchange
 
translation and a
decrease in volume.
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
 
increased $8 billion primarily reflecting
 
volume growth in business and government
 
loans and residential real estate
secured lending, partially offset by the impact of
 
foreign exchange translation.
Investment in Schwab
increased $1 billion primarily reflecting
 
the impact of the Bank’s share of Schwab’s other comprehensive
 
income.
Other
 
assets decreased $4 billion primarily reflecting
 
a volume decrease in customers’
 
liabilities under acceptances, the impact of
 
foreign exchange translation
and decrease in current income tax receivable,
 
partially offset by an increase in amounts receivable
 
from brokers, dealers, and clients due to
 
higher volumes of
pending trades.
Total liabilities
 
were $1,798 billion as at January 31, 2024,
 
a decrease of $45 billion from October 31,
 
2023. The impact of foreign exchange translation
 
from the
appreciation in the Canadian dollar decreased
 
total liabilities by $32 billion.
The decrease in total liabilities reflects a decrease
 
in derivative liabilities of $18 billion, deposits
 
of $17 billion, financial liabilities designated
 
at fair value through
profit or loss (FVTPL) of $12 billion and other
 
liabilities of $5 billion. The decrease
 
was partially offset by obligations related
 
to securities sold under repurchase
agreements of $7 billion.
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 22
Derivative
liabilities
decreased $18 billion primarily reflecting
 
changes in mark-to-market values of foreign
 
exchange and interest rate contracts.
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
 
decreased $12 billion reflecting maturities
 
and the impact of foreign exchange
 
translation,
partially offset by new issuances.
Deposits
decreased $17 billion primarily reflecting
 
the impact of foreign exchange translation
 
and volume decrease in bank deposits,
 
partially offset by higher
volumes in personal deposits.
Obligations related to securities sold
 
under repurchase agreements
increased $7 billion reflecting an increase in
 
volume, partially offset by the impact of
foreign exchange translation.
Other
 
liabilities decreased $5 billion primarily
 
reflecting volume decrease in acceptances
 
and accounts payable, accrued expenses,
 
and other items, and the
impact of foreign exchange translation, partially
 
offset by increase in amounts payable to brokers,
 
dealers, and clients due to higher volumes
 
of pending trades and
volume increase in securitization liabilities
 
at fair value.
Equity
was $112 billion as at January 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023,
 
reflecting an increase in accumulated other
 
comprehensive income, offset by lower retained
earnings. The increase in accumulated other
 
comprehensive income is primarily driven
 
by gains on cash flow hedges and
 
the Bank’s share of the other
comprehensive income from investment in
 
Schwab, partially offset by the impact of foreign
 
exchange translation. The retained earnings
 
decreased primarily from
dividends paid and the premium on the repurchase
 
of common shares, partially offset by the net
 
income for the quarter.
CREDIT PORTFOLIO QUALITY
 
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q1 2023
Gross impaired loans excluding acquired
 
credit-impaired (ACI) loans were $3,709
 
million as at January 31, 2024,
 
an increase of $1,118 million, or 43%, compared
with the first quarter last year. Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking gross impaired loans increased
 
$552 million, or 52%, compared with
 
the first quarter
last year, reflecting formations outpacing resolutions in the
 
commercial and consumer lending portfolios.
 
U.S. Retail gross impaired loans increased $565
 
million,
or 38%, compared with the first quarter last
 
year, reflecting formations outpacing resolutions in the commercial
 
and consumer lending portfolios, and
 
the impact of
foreign exchange.
 
Wholesale gross impaired loans decreased $1
 
million, compared with the first quarter last
 
year. Net impaired loans were $2,526 million as at
January 31, 2024,
 
an increase of $762 million, or 43%,
 
compared with the first quarter last
 
year.
The allowance for credit losses of $8,268
 
million as at January 31, 2024 was comprised
 
of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans
 
of $1,187 million, Stage 2
allowance of $4,258 million and Stage 1 allowance
 
of $2,820 million, and the allowance
 
for debt securities of $3 million. The Stage 1
 
and 2 allowances are for
performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments.
The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses increased
 
$355 million, or 43%, reflecting further normalization
 
of credit performance in the consumer lending
 
portfolios,
credit migration in the commercial lending
 
portfolios, and the impact of foreign exchange.
 
The Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
 
increased
$433 million, or 7%, reflecting credit conditions,
 
including credit migration, volume growth,
 
and the impact of foreign exchange.
 
The allowance change included an
increase of $99 million attributable to the
 
retailer program partners’ share of the
 
U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
 
The allowance for debt securities increased
 
by $1 million, compared with the first quarter
 
last year.
 
Forward-looking information, including
 
macroeconomic variables deemed to be
 
predictive of expected credit losses (ECLs)
 
based on the Bank’s experience, is
used to determine ECL scenarios and associated
 
probability weights to determine the probability-weighted
 
ECLs. Each quarter, all base forecast macroeconomic
variables are refreshed, resulting in new upside
 
and downside macroeconomic scenarios.
 
The probability weightings assigned
 
to each ECL scenario are also
reviewed each quarter and updated as required,
 
as part of the Bank’s ECL governance process.
 
As a result of periodic reviews and quarterly updates,
 
the
allowance for credit losses may be revised
 
to reflect updates in loss estimates based on
 
the Bank’s recent loss experience and its forward-looking
 
views. The Bank
periodically reviews the methodology and
 
has performed certain additional quantitative
 
and qualitative portfolio and loan level
 
assessments of significant increase
in credit risk. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s first quarter
 
2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further details on forward-looking information.
The probability-weighted allowance for
 
credit losses reflects the Bank’s forward-looking
 
views. To the extent that certain anticipated effects cannot be fully
incorporated into quantitative models, management
 
continues to exercise expert credit judgment
 
in determining the amount of ECLs. The allowance
 
for credit
losses will be updated in future quarters as
 
additional information becomes available.
 
Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024 Interim
 
Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional details.
The Bank calculates allowances for ECLs
 
on debt securities measured at amortized
 
cost and FVOCI. The Bank has $371 billion
 
in such debt securities,
 
all of
which are performing (Stage 1 and 2) and none
 
are impaired (Stage 3). The allowance for
 
credit losses on DSAC and debt securities
 
at FVOCI was $2 million and
$1 million, respectively.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2024 vs. Q4 2023
Gross impaired loans excluding ACI loans increased
 
$410 million, or 12%, compared with the prior
 
quarter. Impaired loans net of allowance increased
$249 million, or 11%, compared with the prior quarter.
The allowance for credit losses of $8,268
 
million as at January 31, 2024 was comprised
 
of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans
 
of $1,187 million, Stage 2
allowance of $4,258 million and Stage 1 allowance
 
of $2,820 million, and the allowance for debt
 
securities of $3 million. The Stage 1 and 2
 
allowances are for
performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments.
 
The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses increased
 
$151 million, or 15%, compared with
 
the prior quarter,
largely reflecting some further normalization
 
of credit performance in the consumer
 
lending portfolios, and credit migration in
 
the commercial lending portfolios.
 
The
Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
 
decreased $71 million, compared with
 
the prior quarter, primarily reflecting the impact of foreign
 
exchange, partially
offset by an increase in the consumer lending portfolios
 
related to volume growth and current
 
credit conditions, including credit migration.
The allowance for debt securities decreased
 
by $1 million, compared to the prior quarter.
For further details on loans, impaired loans,
 
allowance for credit losses,
 
and on the Bank’s use of forward-looking information
 
and macroeconomic variables in
determining its allowance for credit losses,
 
refer to Note 6 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024
 
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 23
TABLE 18: CHANGES IN GROSS IMPAIRED LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES
1,2,3
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Personal, Business, and Government
 
Loans
Impaired loans as at beginning of period
$
3,299
$
2,980
$
2,503
Classified as impaired during the period
2,005
1,677
1,350
Transferred to performing during the period
(315)
(263)
(240)
Net repayments
(308)
(332)
(361)
Disposals of loans
(10)
Amounts written off
(917)
(855)
(625)
Exchange and other movements
(45)
92
(36)
Impaired loans as at end of period
$
3,709
$
3,299
$
2,591
1
 
Includes customers’ liability under acceptances.
2
 
Excludes ACI loans.
3
 
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
TABLE 19: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Allowance for loan losses for on-balance sheet
 
loans
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
$
2,396
$
2,673
$
2,569
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
3,686
3,435
3,093
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
1,183
1,028
830
Total allowance for loan losses for on-balance sheet loans
1
7,265
7,136
6,492
Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
424
476
456
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
572
565
527
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
4
8
2
Total allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
1,000
1,049
985
Allowance for loan losses
8,265
8,185
7,477
Allowance for debt securities
3
4
2
Allowance for credit losses
$
8,268
$
8,189
$
7,479
Impaired loans, net of allowance
2
$
2,526
$
2,277
$
1,764
Net impaired loans as a percentage of net loans
2
0.28
%
0.25
%
0.21
%
Total allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross loans and acceptances
0.89
0.89
0.86
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
as a percentage of net average loans and
 
acceptances
0.44
0.39
0.32
1
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of nil as at January 31,
 
2024 (October 31, 2023 – nil, January 31,
 
2023 – nil).
 
2
 
Credit cards are considered impaired when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past
 
due.
Real Estate Secured Lending
Retail real estate secured lending includes
 
mortgages and lines of credit to North American
 
consumers to satisfy financing needs including
 
home purchases and
refinancing. While the Bank retains first lien
 
on the majority of properties held as security, there is a small portion
 
of loans with second liens, but most of
 
these are
behind a TD mortgage that is in first
 
position. In Canada, credit policies are designed
 
so that the combined exposure of all uninsured
 
facilities on one property does
not exceed 80% of the collateral value at origination.
 
Lending at a higher loan-to-value ratio
 
is permitted by legislation but requires
 
default insurance. This
insurance is contractual coverage for the life
 
of eligible facilities and protects the
 
Bank’s real estate secured lending portfolio against
 
potential losses caused by
borrowers’ default. The Bank may also purchase
 
default insurance on lower loan-to-value
 
ratio loans. The insurance is provided
 
by either government-backed
entities or approved private mortgage insurers.
 
In the U.S., for residential mortgage originations,
 
mortgage insurance is usually obtained from either
 
government-
backed entities or approved private mortgage
 
insurers when the loan-to-value exceeds
 
80% of the collateral value at origination.
The Bank regularly performs stress tests
 
on its real estate lending portfolio as part
 
of its overall stress testing program. This is
 
done with a view to determine the
extent to which the portfolio would be vulnerable
 
to a severe downturn in economic conditions.
 
The effect of severe changes in house prices,
 
interest rates, and
unemployment levels are among the factors
 
considered when assessing the impact
 
on credit losses and the Bank’s overall profitability. A variety
 
of portfolio
segments, including dwelling type and geographical
 
regions, are examined during the exercise
 
to determine whether specific vulnerabilities
 
exist.
TABLE 20: CANADIAN REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
Amortizing
Non-amortizing
Total
Residential
Home equity
Total amortizing real
Home equity
mortgages
lines of credit
estate secured lending
lines of credit
January 31, 2024
Total
$
266,316
$
86,890
$
353,206
$
31,024
$
384,230
October 31, 2023
Total
$
263,733
$
86,943
$
350,676
$
30,675
$
381,351
1
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
2
 
Amortizing includes loans where the fixed contractual payments are no longer sufficient to cover the interest
 
based on the rates in effect at January 31, 2024
 
and October 31, 2023.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 24
TABLE 21: REAL ESTATE
 
SECURED LENDING
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
As at
 
Residential mortgages
 
Home equity lines of credit
 
Total
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
Insured
3
Uninsured
 
January 31, 2024
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
$
2,539
1.0
%
$
4,600
1.7
%
$
175
0.1
%
$
1,998
1.7
%
$
2,714
0.7
%
$
6,598
1.7
%
British Columbia
4
8,586
3.2
46,537
17.5
889
0.8
21,758
18.5
9,475
2.5
68,295
17.8
Ontario
4
22,391
8.4
120,974
45.4
3,010
2.6
64,329
54.5
25,401
6.6
185,303
48.2
Prairies
4
18,419
6.9
20,683
7.8
1,686
1.4
11,932
10.1
20,105
5.2
32,615
8.5
Québec
7,137
2.7
14,450
5.4
569
0.5
11,568
9.8
7,706
2.0
26,018
6.8
Total Canada
59,072
22.2
%
207,244
77.8
%
6,329
5.4
%
111,585
94.6
%
65,401
17.0
%
318,829
83.0
%
United States
1,414
53,940
10,369
1,414
64,309
Total
$
60,486
$
261,184
$
6,329
$
121,954
$
66,815
$
383,138
October 31, 2023
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
$
2,561
1.0
%
$
4,557
1.7
%
$
181
0.2
%
$
1,938
1.6
%
$
2,742
0.7
%
$
6,495
1.7
%
British Columbia
4
8,642
3.3
46,003
17.4
920
0.8
21,642
18.4
9,562
2.5
67,645
17.7
Ontario
4
22,559
8.6
118,882
45.1
3,126
2.7
64,095
54.4
25,685
6.8
182,977
48.1
Prairies
4
18,621
7.1
20,385
7.7
1,746
1.5
11,956
10.2
20,367
5.3
32,341
8.5
Québec
7,221
2.7
14,302
5.4
590
0.5
11,424
9.7
7,811
2.0
25,726
6.7
Total Canada
59,604
22.7
%
204,129
77.3
%
6,563
5.7
%
111,055
94.3
%
66,167
17.3
%
315,184
82.7
%
United States
1,439
55,169
10,591
1,439
65,760
Total
$
61,043
$
259,298
$
6,563
$
121,646
$
67,606
$
380,944
1
 
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
 
2
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
 
Default insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities whereby the Bank’s exposure
 
to real estate secured lending, all or in part, is protected against potential losses
caused by borrower default. It is provided by either government-backed entities or other approved private mortgage
 
insurers.
4
 
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut
 
is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories
 
is included in the Prairies region.
The following table provides a summary
 
of the period over which the Bank’s residential
 
mortgages would be fully repaid based on
 
the amount of the most recent
payment received. All figures are calculated
 
based on current customer payment amounts,
 
including voluntary payments larger
 
than the original contractual
amounts and/or other voluntary prepayments.
 
The most recent customer payment amount
 
may exceed the original contractual amount
 
due.
Balances with a remaining amortization longer
 
than 30 years primarily reflect Canadian
 
variable rate mortgages where interest
 
rate increases relative to current
customer payment levels have resulted in
 
a longer current amortization period.
 
At renewal, the amortization period for Canadian
 
mortgages reverts to the
remaining contractual amortization, which
 
may require increased payments.
 
TABLE 22: RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES BY REMAINING
 
AMORTIZATION
1,2,3
As at
 
<=5
 
>5 – 10
 
>10 – 15
 
>15 – 20
 
>20 – 25
 
>25 – 30
 
>30 – 35
 
>35
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
years
 
Total
 
January 31, 2024
Canada
 
0.8
%
2.7
%
5.8
%
14.5
%
31.8
%
25.4
%
1.4
%
17.6
%
100.0
%
United States
4.7
1.2
3.3
7.6
11.3
70.9
0.5
0.5
100.0
Total
1.5
%
2.4
%
5.4
%
13.3
%
28.2
%
33.3
%
1.3
%
14.6
%
100.0
%
October 31, 2023
Canada
 
0.8
%
2.7
%
5.7
%
14.1
%
31.5
%
24.6
%
1.4
%
19.2
%
100.0
%
United States
5.3
1.4
3.8
7.8
10.6
69.5
1.1
0.5
100.0
Total
1.6
%
2.5
%
5.3
%
13.0
%
27.8
%
32.6
%
1.4
%
15.8
%
100.0
%
1
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
2
 
Percentage based on outstanding balance.
3
 
$32.9 billion or 13% of the mortgage portfolio in Canada (October 31, 2023: $37.4 billion or 14%) relates to mortgages
 
in which the fixed contractual payments are no longer sufficient to
cover the interest based on the rates in effect at January 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023, respectively.
TABLE 23: UNINSURED AVERAGE LOAN-TO-VALUE – Newly Originated and Newly Acquired
1,2,3
For the three months ended
 
Residential
 
Home equity
 
Residential
 
Home equity
 
mortgages
 
lines of credit
4,5
Total
 
mortgages
 
lines of credit
4,5
Total
 
January 31, 2024
 
October 31, 2023
 
Canada
 
Atlantic provinces
68
%
65
%
67
%
69
%
67
%
68
%
British Columbia
6
65
59
62
65
59
63
Ontario
6
67
60
64
66
60
63
Prairies
6
72
68
71
72
69
71
Québec
69
68
68
69
67
68
Total Canada
67
61
65
67
62
65
United States
72
61
68
75
63
72
Total
68
%
61
%
65
%
68
%
62
%
66
%
1
 
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
2
 
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans
 
designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
 
Based on house price at origination.
4
 
Home equity lines of credit (HELOCs) loan-to-value includes first position collateral mortgage if applicable.
5
 
HELOC fixed rate advantage option is included in loan-to-value calculation.
6
 
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut
 
is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories
 
is included in the Prairies region.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 25
Sovereign Risk
The table below provides a summary of
 
the Bank’s direct credit exposures
 
outside of Canada and the U.S. (Europe excludes
 
United Kingdom).
 
 
TABLE 24: Total Net Exposure by Region and Counterparty
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
Loans and commitments
1
Derivatives, repos, and securities lending
2
Trading and investment portfolio
3
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Corporate
 
Sovereign
 
Financial
 
Total
 
Exposure
4
January 31, 2024
Region
Europe
$
7,258
$
7
$
5,492
$
12,757
$
3,526
$
1,881
$
7,884
$
13,291
$
921
$
24,768
$
2,156
$
27,845
$
53,893
United Kingdom
8,418
6,761
2,512
17,691
2,668
444
12,351
15,463
625
936
282
1,843
34,997
Asia
239
26
2,347
2,612
410
656
2,338
3,404
391
10,047
964
11,402
17,418
Other
5
225
67
483
775
180
343
2,746
3,269
174
1,141
2,904
4,219
8,263
Total
$
16,140
$
6,861
$
10,834
$
33,835
$
6,784
$
3,324
$
25,319
$
35,427
$
2,111
$
36,892
$
6,306
$
45,309
$
114,571
October 31, 2023
Region
Europe
$
7,577
$
7
$
5,324
$
12,908
$
3,763
$
1,945
$
6,736
$
12,444
$
777
$
25,015
$
2,001
$
27,793
$
53,145
United Kingdom
8,928
7,965
2,131
19,024
2,759
490
13,431
16,680
491
596
257
1,344
37,048
Asia
254
20
2,167
2,441
262
706
2,640
3,608
325
10,728
830
11,883
17,932
Other
5
233
8
517
758
233
720
2,883
3,836
209
1,205
3,443
4,857
9,451
Total
$
16,992
$
8,000
$
10,139
$
35,131
$
7,017
$
3,861
$
25,690
$
36,568
$
1,802
$
37,544
$
6,531
$
45,877
$
117,576
1
 
Exposures, including interest-bearing deposits with banks, are presented net of impairment charges where applicable.
2
 
Exposures are calculated on a fair value basis and presented net of collateral. Derivatives are presented as net
 
exposures where there is an International Swaps and Derivatives
Association master netting agreement.
3
 
Trading exposures are net of eligible short positions.
 
4
 
In addition to the exposures identified above, the Bank also has $37.5 billion (October 31, 2023 – $40.8 billion)
 
of exposure to supranational entities.
5
 
Other regional exposure largely attributable to Australia.
CAPITAL POSITION
REGULATORY CAPITAL
Capital requirements of the Basel Committee
 
on Banking Supervision (BCBS) are commonly
 
referred to as Basel III. Under Basel III,
 
Total Capital consists of three
components, namely CET1, Additional
 
Tier 1, and Tier 2 Capital. Risk sensitive regulatory capital ratios are
 
calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital
by risk-weighted assets (RWA), inclusive of any minimum requirements
 
outlined under the regulatory floor. In 2015, Basel III introduced
 
a non-risk sensitive
leverage ratio to act as a supplementary measure
 
to the risk-sensitive capital requirements.
 
The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing
 
Tier 1 Capital by leverage
exposure which is primarily comprised of
 
on-balance sheet assets with adjustments
 
made to derivative and securities financing
 
transaction exposures, and credit
equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures.
 
TD manages its regulatory capital in
 
accordance with OSFI’s implementation of
 
the Basel III Capital
Framework.
OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III
OSFI’s CAR and LR guidelines detail how
 
the Basel III capital rules apply to Canadian
 
banks.
 
 
The Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB) level was increased
 
to 3.5% as of November 1, 2023. The 50 bps
 
increase from the previous level of 3%
 
reflects OSFI’s view
of appropriate actions to enhance the resilience
 
of Canada’s largest banks against vulnerabilities.
 
The current DSB range is 0 to 4% and the
 
DSB level may
change in response to developments in Canada’s
 
financial system and the broader economic environment.
 
On February 1, 2023, OSFI implemented revised
 
capital rules that incorporate the Basel III reforms
 
with adjustments to make them suitable
 
for domestic
implementation. These revised rules
 
include revisions to the calculation of credit
 
risk and operational risk requirements,
 
and revisions to the LR Guideline to
include a requirement for domestic systemically
 
important banks (D-SIBs) to hold a leverage
 
ratio buffer of 0.50% in addition to the regulatory
 
minimum
requirement of 3.0%. This buffer will also apply
 
to the TLAC leverage ratio.
On November 1, 2023, the Bank implemented
 
OSFI’s Parental Stand-Alone (Solo)
 
Total Loss Absorbing Capacity
 
(TLAC) Framework for D-SIBs, which
establishes a risk-based measure intended
 
to ensure a non-viable D-SIB has sufficient
 
loss absorbing capacity on a stand-alone,
 
legal entity basis to support its
resolution. The Bank is compliant with
 
the requirements set out in this new framework.
The table below summarizes OSFI’s current regulatory
 
minimum capital targets for the Bank as at
 
January 31, 2024.
 
REGULATORY CAPITAL AND TLAC TARGET RATIOS
Capital
 
Pillar 1
Pillar 1 & 2
Conservation
 
D-SIB / G-SIB
Regulatory
Regulatory
Minimum
Buffer
Surcharge
1
Target
2
DSB
Target
CET1
4.5
%
2.5
%
1.0
%
8.0
%
3.5
%
11.5
%
Tier 1
6.0
2.5
1.0
9.5
3.5
13.0
Total Capital
8.0
2.5
1.0
11.5
3.5
15.0
Leverage
3.0
n/a
3
0.5
3.5
n/a
3.5
TLAC
18.0
2.5
1.0
21.5
3.5
25.0
TLAC Leverage
6.75
n/a
0.50
7.25
n/a
7.25
1
 
The higher of the D-SIB and Global Systemically Important Bank (G-SIB) surcharge applies to risk weighted capital.
 
The D-SIB surcharge is currently equivalent to the Bank’s 1% G-SIB
additional common equity requirement for risk weighted capital. The G-SIB surcharge may increase above 1% if
 
the Bank’s G-SIB score increases above certain thresholds to a maximum
of 4.5%. OSFI’s Leverage Requirements Guideline includes a requirement for D-SIBs
 
to hold a leverage ratio buffer set at 50% of a D-SIB’s higher loss absorbency risk
 
-weighted
requirements, effectively 0.50%. This buffer also applies to the TLAC Leverage ratio.
2
 
The Bank’s countercyclical
 
buffer requirement is 0% as of January 31, 2024.
3
 
Not applicable.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 26
Global Systemically Important Banks
 
Disclosures
The Financial Stability Board (FSB), in
 
consultation with the BCBS and national authorities,
 
identifies G-SIBs. The G-SIB assessment
 
methodology is based on the
submissions of the largest global banks.
 
Thirteen indicators are used in the G-SIB assessment
 
methodology to determine systemic importance.
 
The score for a
particular indicator is calculated by dividing
 
the individual bank value by the aggregate
 
amount for the indicator summed across all
 
banks included in the
assessment. Accordingly, an individual bank’s ranking is reliant on the
 
results and submissions of other global
 
banks.
 
The Bank is required to publish the thirteen
 
indicators used in the G-SIB indicator-based
 
assessment framework. Public disclosure
 
of financial year-end data is
required annually, no later than the date of a bank’s first quarter public
 
disclosure of shareholder financial data
 
in the following year.
Public communications on G-SIB status are
 
issued annually each November. On November 22, 2019,
 
the Bank was designated as a G-SIB by
 
the FSB. The
Bank continued to maintain its G-SIB status
 
when the FSB published the 2023 list of
 
G-SIBs on November 27, 2023. As a result of
 
this designation, the Bank is
subject to an additional loss absorbency
 
requirement (CET1 as a percentage of
 
RWA) of 1% under applicable FSB member authority requirements.
 
The Bank’s
G-SIB designation has no additional impact
 
on the Bank’s minimum CET1 regulatory requirements,
 
as the G-SIB surcharge is consistent
 
with the D-SIB
requirement set out by OSFI. The G-SIB
 
surcharge may increase above 1% if the
 
Bank’s G-SIB score increases above certain thresholds
 
to a maximum of 4.5%.
 
As a result of the Bank’s G-SIB designation, the
 
U.S. Federal Reserve requires TD Group US
 
Holding LLC (TDGUS), as TD’s U.S. Intermediate
 
Holding
Company (IHC), to maintain a minimum amount
 
of TLAC and long-term debt.
 
 
The indicator-based measurement approach,
 
currently in effect, divides the thirteen indicators
 
into five categories, with each category
 
yielding a 20% weight to a
bank’s total score on the G-SIB scale.
 
 
The following table provides the results of
 
the thirteen indicators for the Bank.
 
The increase in Payments activity was
 
primarily due to US-dollar activities.
Trading volume increase was mainly driven by
 
higher U.S. fixed income trading. The
 
increase in Trading and other securities
 
was due to an increase in treasury
and government-related securities. Other notable
 
changes in the indicators from prior year primarily
 
reflect normal business activities of the Bank.
 
 
TABLE 25: G-SIB INDICATORS
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
October 31, 2023
October 31, 2022
Category (and weighting)
Individual Indicator
 
Cross-jurisdictional activity (20%)
Cross-jurisdictional claims
$
1,003,230
$
1,061,844
Cross-jurisdictional liabilities
964,092
1,037,857
Size (20%)
Total exposures as defined for use in the Basel III leverage ratio
2,112,677
2,086,338
Interconnectedness (20%)
Intra-financial system assets
109,833
111,106
Intra-financial system liabilities
55,247
46,280
Securities outstanding
470,767
475,328
Substitutability/financial institution
Assets under custody
563,783
544,237
infrastructure (20%)
Payments activity
39,499,576
35,006,485
Underwritten transactions in debt and equity
 
markets
 
186,110
 
168,956
Trading Volume (includes the two sub indicators)
– Trading volume fixed income sub indicator
9,239,393
5,472,810
– Trading volume equities and other securities sub indicator
2,958,869
3,102,383
Complexity (20%)
Notional amount of OTC derivatives
21,198,657
20,854,259
Trading and other securities
2
64,944
43,174
Level 3 assets
3,548
3,481
1
 
The G-SIB indicators are prepared based on the methodology prescribed in BCBS guidelines published and
 
disclosed in accordance with OSFI’s Advisory on G-SIBs – Public Disclosure
Requirements. Given the Bank was designated as a G-SIB by the FSB on November 22, 2019, additional public
 
disclosures on these indicators are required. Refer to the Bank’s
Regulatory Capital Disclosures at www.td.com/investor-relations/ir-homepage/regulatory-disclosures/g-sib/disclosures.jsp
 
for these additional disclosures on the 2023 G-SIB indicators.
The Bank is required to submit its G-SIB indicators to OSFI and BCBS for review following the date of this report.
 
In the event that one or both regulators provide comments to the Bank
regarding its submission that would result in changes to the G-SIB indicators listed in the table above, the Bank
 
will publish such revised G-SIB indicators on its website.
2
Includes trading securities, securities designated at FVTPL,
 
and securities at FVOCI.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 27
The following table provides details of the
 
Bank’s regulatory capital position.
 
TABLE 26: CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RATIOS – Basel III
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
Common shares plus related contributed
 
surplus
 
$
25,428
$
25,522
$
25,174
Retained earnings
 
72,347
73,044
73,501
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
3,830
2,750
1,923
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital before regulatory
 
adjustments
 
101,605
101,316
100,598
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital regulatory adjustments
 
Goodwill (net of related tax liability)
(17,922)
(18,424)
(17,134)
Intangibles (net of related tax liability)
 
(2,654)
(2,606)
(2,133)
Deferred tax assets excluding those arising
 
from temporary differences
 
(198)
(207)
(85)
Cash flow hedge reserve
 
3,559
5,571
4,033
Shortfall of provisions to expected losses
 
Gains and losses due to changes in own
 
credit risk on fair valued liabilities
 
(148)
(379)
(152)
Defined benefit pension fund net assets (net
 
of related tax liability)
 
(773)
(908)
(1,132)
Investment in own shares
 
(20)
(21)
(18)
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
(2,724)
(1,976)
(1,649)
Significant investments in the common
 
stock of banking, financial, and insurance
 
entities
that are outside the scope of regulatory
 
consolidation, net of eligible short positions
(amount above 10% threshold)
Equity investments in funds subject to
 
the fall-back approach
(56)
(49)
Other deductions or regulatory adjustments
 
to CET1 as determined by OSFI
10
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
(20,926)
(18,999)
(18,270)
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
80,679
82,317
82,328
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments
Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments
 
plus stock surplus
10,830
10,791
11,246
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments before
 
regulatory adjustments
10,830
10,791
11,246
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments regulatory
 
adjustments
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
(5)
(6)
(138)
Significant investments in the capital of banking,
 
financial, and insurance entities that are
 
outside
the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of
 
eligible short positions
(350)
(350)
(350)
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 Capital
(355)
(356)
(488)
Additional Tier 1 Capital
10,475
10,435
10,758
Tier 1 Capital
91,154
92,752
93,086
Tier 2 Capital instruments and provisions
Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related
 
stock surplus
9,357
9,424
11,138
Collective allowances
1,781
1,964
2,265
Tier 2 Capital before regulatory adjustments
11,138
11,388
13,403
Tier 2 regulatory adjustments
Investments in own Tier 2 instruments
Non-significant investments in the capital of
 
banking, financial, and insurance entities,
 
net of eligible
short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
1
(228)
(196)
(220)
Non-significant investments in the other
 
TLAC-eligible instruments issued by
 
G-SIBs and Canadian
D-SIBs, where the institution does not own
 
more than 10% of the issued common
 
share capital
 
of the entity: amount previously designated
 
for the 5% threshold but that no longer
 
meets the
 
conditions
(115)
(136)
(77)
Significant investments in the capital of banking,
 
financial, and insurance entities that are
 
outside
 
the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of
 
eligible short positions
 
(160)
(160)
(160)
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 Capital
(503)
(492)
(457)
Tier 2 Capital
10,635
10,896
12,946
Total Capital
$
101,789
$
103,648
$
106,032
Risk-weighted assets
$
579,424
$
571,161
$
531,644
Capital Ratios and Multiples
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted
 
assets)
13.9
%
14.4
%
15.5
%
Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
15.7
16.2
17.5
Total Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
17.6
18.1
19.9
Leverage ratio
2
4.4
4.4
4.8
1
 
Includes other TLAC-eligible instruments issued by G-SIBs and Canadian D-SIBs that are outside the scope of
 
regulatory consolidation, where the institution does not own more than
10% of the issued common share capital of the entity.
2
 
The Leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 Capital divided by leverage exposure, as defined
 
in the “Regulatory Capital” section of this document.
The impact to CET1 capital upon adoption
 
of IFRS 17 is immaterial to the Bank.
As at January 31, 2024, the Bank’s CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios were 13.9%, 15.7%,
 
and 17.6%, respectively. The decrease in the Bank’s CET1 Capital
ratio from 14.4% as at October 31, 2023,
 
was primarily attributable to RWA growth across various
 
segments, common shares repurchased
 
for cancellation, and
the impact of the regulatory changes related
 
to the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book and
 
Negatively amortizing mortgages. CET1
 
was also impacted by
the FDIC special assessment booked in the
 
quarter. The impact of the foregoing items was partially offset by
 
organic growth, and the issuance of common
 
shares
pursuant to the Bank’s dividend reinvestment plan.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 28
As at January 31, 2024, the Bank’s leverage ratio
 
was 4.4%, consistent with the ratio reported at
 
October 31, 2023. The leverage ratio impact
 
from exposure
increases across various segments and common
 
shares repurchased for cancellation
 
was offset by organic capital growth and the issuance
 
of common shares
pursuant to the Bank’s dividend reinvestment plan.
Future Regulatory Capital Developments
There are no future regulatory capital developments
 
in addition to those described in the “Future
 
Regulatory Capital Developments” section
 
of the Bank’s 2023
Annual Report.
TABLE 27: EQUITY AND OTHER SECURITIES
1
(millions of shares/units and millions of Canadian
 
dollars, except as noted)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Number of
Number of
shares/units
Amount
shares/units
Amount
Common shares outstanding
1,772.8
$
25,318
1,791.4
$
25,434
Treasury – common shares
(0.7)
(58)
(0.7)
(64)
Total common shares
1,772.1
$
25,260
1,790.7
$
25,370
Stock options
 
 
Vested
6.4
5.1
Non-vested
9.5
9.0
Preferred shares – Class A
 
 
Series 1
20.0
$
500
20.0
$
500
Series 3
20.0
500
20.0
500
Series 5
20.0
500
20.0
500
Series 7
14.0
350
14.0
350
Series 9
8.0
200
8.0
200
Series 16
14.0
350
14.0
350
Series 18
14.0
350
14.0
350
Series 22
14.0
350
14.0
350
Series 24
18.0
450
18.0
450
Series 27
0.8
850
0.8
850
Series 28
0.8
800
0.8
800
143.6
$
5,200
143.6
$
5,200
Other equity instruments
 
 
Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series
 
1
2
1.8
1,750
1.8
1,750
Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series
 
2
2
1.5
1,500
1.5
1,500
Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series
 
3
2,3
1.7
2,403
1.7
2,403
148.6
$
10,853
148.6
$
10,853
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments
(0.1)
(27)
(0.1)
(65)
Total preferred shares and other equity instruments
148.5
$
10,826
148.5
$
10,788
1
 
For further details, including the conversion and exchange features, and distributions, refer to Note 20 of the Bank’s 2023 Consolidated Financial Statements.
2
 
For Limited Recourse Capital Notes (LRCNs), the number of shares/units represents the number of notes issued.
3
 
For LRCNs – Series 3, the amount represents the Canadian dollar equivalent of the U.S. dollar notional amount. Refer to the “Preferred Shares and Other Equity Instruments – Significant Terms and
Conditions” table in Note 20 of the Bank’s 2023 Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
DIVIDENDS
On February 28, 2024, the Board approved
 
a dividend in an amount of one dollar and
 
two cents ($1.02)
 
per fully paid common share in the capital stock
 
of the
Bank for the quarter ending April 30, 2024, payable
 
on and after April 30, 2024, to shareholders
 
of record at the close of business on April
 
9, 2024.
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
The Bank offers a dividend reinvestment plan
 
for its common shareholders. Participation in
 
the plan is optional and under the terms of the
 
plan, cash dividends on
common shares are used to purchase additional
 
common shares. At the option of the Bank,
 
the common shares may be issued from treasury
 
at an average
market price based on the last five trading
 
days before the date of the dividend payment,
 
with a discount of between 0% to 5% at the Bank’s discretion
 
or
purchased from the open market at market
 
price.
 
During the three months ended January 31, 2024,
 
the Bank issued 2.0 million common shares
 
from treasury with no discount.
 
During the three months ended
January 31, 2023, the Bank issued 7.9 million
 
common shares from treasury with a 2%
 
discount.
 
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On August 28, 2023, the Bank announced
 
that the Toronto Stock Exchange and OSFI approved a normal course issuer
 
bid (NCIB) to repurchase for cancellation
up to 90 million of its common shares. The
 
NCIB commenced on August 31, 2023, and
 
during the three months ended January 31,
 
2024, the Bank repurchased
20.9 million common shares under the
 
NCIB, at an average price of $82.39 per share
 
for a total amount of $1.7 billion.
NON-VIABILITY CONTINGENT CAPITAL PROVISION
If a non-viability contingent capital (NVCC)
 
trigger event were to occur, for all series of Class A First
 
Preferred Shares excluding the preferred
 
shares issued with
respect to LRCNs, the maximum number of
 
common shares that could be issued,
 
assuming there are no declared and unpaid
 
dividends on the respective series
of preferred shares at the time of conversion,
 
would be 1.0 billion in aggregate.
 
The LRCNs, by virtue of the recourse
 
to the preferred shares held in the Limited
 
Recourse Trust, include NVCC provisions. For LRCNs, if
 
an NVCC trigger were
to occur, the maximum number of common shares that
 
could be issued, assuming there are
 
no declared and unpaid dividends on the preferred
 
shares series
issued in connection with such LRCNs,
 
would be 1.1 billion in aggregate.
 
For NVCC subordinated notes and debentures,
 
if an NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number
 
of common shares that could be issued,
assuming there is no accrued and unpaid
 
interest on the respective subordinated notes
 
and debentures, would be 2.7 billion in aggregate.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 29
MANAGING RISK
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Growing profitability in financial results based
 
on balanced revenue, expense and capital
 
growth services involves selectively
 
taking and managing risks within the
Bank’s risk appetite. The Bank’s goal is to earn
 
a stable and sustainable rate of return for
 
every dollar of risk it takes, while putting
 
significant emphasis on
investing in its businesses to meet its future
 
strategic objectives.
The Bank’s businesses and operations are exposed
 
to a broad number of risks that have been
 
identified and defined in the Enterprise
 
Risk Framework. The
Bank’s tolerance to those risks is defined
 
in the Enterprise Risk Appetite which has been
 
developed within a comprehensive framework
 
that takes into
consideration current conditions in which
 
the Bank operates and the impact that emerging
 
risks will have on TD’s strategy and risk profile. The
 
Bank’s risk appetite
states that it takes risks required to build its
 
business, but only if those risks: (1)
 
fit the business strategy and can be understood
 
and managed; (2) do not expose
the enterprise to any significant single loss
 
events; TD does not ‘bet the bank’
 
on any single acquisition, business, or
 
product; and (3) do not risk harming
 
the TD
brand. Each business is responsible for setting
 
and aligning its individual risk appetites
 
with that of the enterprise based on a
 
thorough examination of the specific
risks to which it is exposed.
 
The Bank considers it critical to regularly
 
assess its operating environment and
 
highlight top and emerging risks. These are
 
risks with a potential to have a
material effect on the Bank and where the attention
 
of senior leaders is focused due to the potential
 
magnitude or immediacy of their impact.
Risks are identified, discussed, and actioned
 
by senior leaders and reported quarterly
 
to the Risk Committee. Specific plans
 
to mitigate top and emerging risks
are prepared, monitored, and adjusted as required.
The Bank’s risk governance structure and risk
 
management approach have not substantially
 
changed from that described in the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Report.
Additional information on risk factors can
 
be found in this document and the 2023
 
MD&A under the heading “Risk Factors and
 
Management”. For a complete
discussion of the risk governance structure
 
and the risk management approach, refer
 
to the “Managing Risk” section in the Bank’s 2023 Annual
 
Report.
 
The shaded sections of this MD&A represent
 
a discussion relating to market and liquidity
 
risks and form an integral part of the Interim
 
Consolidated Financial
Statements for the period ended January 31,
 
2024.
CREDIT RISK
Gross credit risk exposure, also referred
 
to as exposure at default (EAD), is the
 
total amount the Bank is exposed to at the time
 
of default of a loan and is
measured before counterparty-specific
 
provisions or write-offs. Gross credit risk exposure
 
does not reflect the effects of credit risk
 
mitigation (CRM) and includes
both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet
 
exposures. On-balance sheet exposures
 
consist primarily of outstanding loans, acceptances,
 
non-trading securities,
derivatives, and certain other repo-style
 
transactions. Off-balance sheet exposures consist
 
primarily of undrawn commitments, guarantees,
 
and certain other
repo-style transactions.
Gross credit risk exposures for the two approaches
 
the Bank uses to measure credit risk
 
are included in the following table.
 
TABLE 28: GROSS CREDIT RISK EXPOSURE – Standardized
 
and Internal Ratings-Based (IRB) Approaches
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Standardized
IRB
Total
Standardized
IRB
Total
Retail
Residential secured
$
4,485
$
516,992
$
521,477
$
4,815
$
515,152
$
519,967
Qualifying revolving retail
821
167,594
168,415
810
169,183
169,993
Other retail
3,633
99,189
102,822
3,368
99,253
102,621
Total retail
8,939
783,775
792,714
8,993
783,588
792,581
Non-retail
Corporate
2,776
664,502
667,278
3,496
654,369
657,865
Sovereign
94
491,549
491,643
116
527,423
527,539
Bank
3,996
155,738
159,734
5,272
171,180
176,452
Total non-retail
6,866
1,311,789
1,318,655
8,884
1,352,972
1,361,856
Gross credit risk exposures
$
15,805
$
2,095,564
$
2,111,369
$
17,877
$
2,136,560
$
2,154,437
1
 
Gross credit risk exposures represent EAD and are before the effects of CRM. This table excludes securitization,
 
equity, and certain other credit RWA.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 30
MARKET RISK
 
Market risk capital is calculated using the Standardized
 
Approach.
 
The Bank continues to use Value-at-Risk (VaR) as an internal management metric to
 
monitor
and control market risk.
Market Risk Linkage to the Balance Sheet
The following table provides a breakdown of
 
the Bank’s balance sheet assets and liabilities
 
exposed to trading and non-trading market
 
risks. Market risk of assets
and liabilities included in the calculation of VaR and metrics used
 
for regulatory market risk capital purposes is
 
classified as trading market risk.
 
TABLE 29: MARKET RISK LINKAGE TO THE BALANCE SHEET
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Non-trading market
Balance
Trading
Non-trading
Balance
Trading
Non-trading
risk – primary risk
sheet
market risk
market risk
Other
sheet
market risk
market risk
Other
sensitivity
Assets subject to market risk
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
$
75,048
$
275
$
74,773
$
$
98,348
$
327
$
98,021
$
Interest rate
Trading loans, securities, and other
161,520
159,063
2,457
152,090
151,011
1,079
Interest rate
Non-trading financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss
6,985
6,985
7,340
7,340
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Derivatives
60,574
56,397
4,177
87,382
81,526
5,856
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
5,970
5,970
5,818
5,818
Interest rate
Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income
74,730
74,730
69,865
69,865
Equity,
 
foreign exchange,
 
interest rate
Debt securities at amortized cost,
net of allowance for credit losses
300,071
300,071
308,016
308,016
Foreign exchange,
interest rate
Securities purchased under
reverse repurchase agreements
199,079
8,606
190,473
204,333
9,649
194,684
Interest rate
Loans, net of allowance for
 
loan losses
904,336
904,336
895,947
895,947
Interest rate
Customers’ liability under
acceptances
13,066
13,066
17,569
17,569
Interest rate
Investment in Schwab
9,548
9,548
8,907
8,907
Equity
Other assets
1,2
1,775
1,775
1,956
1,956
Interest rate
Assets not exposed to
 
market risk
98,190
98,190
97,568
97,568
Total Assets
$
1,910,892
$
224,341
$
1,588,361
$
98,190
$
1,955,139
$
242,513
$
1,615,058
$
97,568
Liabilities subject to market risk
Trading deposits
$
30,634
$
27,226
$
3,408
$
$
30,980
$
27,059
$
3,921
$
Equity, interest rate
Derivatives
54,073
51,749
2,324
71,640
70,382
1,258
Equity,
foreign exchange,
interest rate
Securitization liabilities at fair value
16,543
16,543
14,422
14,422
Interest rate
Financial liabilities designated at
 
fair value through profit or loss
180,112
2
180,110
192,130
2
192,128
Interest rate
Deposits
1,181,254
1,181,254
1,198,190
1,198,190
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
Acceptances
13,066
13,066
17,569
17,569
Interest rate
Obligations related to securities
sold short
42,875
41,088
1,787
44,661
43,993
668
Interest rate
Obligations related to securities sold
under repurchase agreements
174,129
11,760
162,369
166,854
12,641
154,213
Interest rate
Securitization liabilities at amortized
cost
12,358
12,358
12,710
12,710
Interest rate
Subordinated notes and debentures
9,554
9,554
9,620
9,620
Interest rate
Other liabilities
1,2
26,497
26,497
27,062
27,062
Equity, interest rate
Liabilities and Equity not
 
exposed to market risk
169,797
169,797
169,301
169,301
Total Liabilities and Equity
$
1,910,892
$
148,368
$
1,592,727
$
169,797
$
1,955,139
$
168,499
$
1,617,339
$
169,301
1
 
Relates to retirement benefits, insurance, and structured entity liabilities.
2
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s
 
first quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ex991p31i0
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 31
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
11/1/2023
11/6/2023
11/11/2023
11/16/2023
11/21/2023
11/26/2023
12/1/2023
12/6/2023
12/11/2023
12/16/2023
12/21/2023
12/26/2023
12/31/2023
1/5/2024
1/10/2024
1/15/2024
1/20/2024
1/25/2024
1/30/2024
TOTAL VALUE-AT-RISK
 
AND TRADING NET REVENUE
(millions of Canadian dollars)
 
Trading net revenue
 
Value-at-Risk
Calculating VaR
The Bank computes total VaR on a daily basis by combining the General
 
Market Risk (GMR) and Idiosyncratic Debt
 
Specific Risk (IDSR) associated with the
Bank’s trading positions.
GMR is determined by creating a distribution
 
of potential changes in the market value of
 
the current portfolio using historical simulation.
 
The Bank values the
current portfolio using the market price and rate
 
changes of the most recent
259
 
trading days for equity, interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, and
 
commodity
products. GMR is computed as the threshold
 
level that portfolio losses are not expected
 
to exceed more than one out of every 100 trading
 
days. A one-day holding
period is used for GMR calculation.
IDSR measures idiosyncratic (single-name) credit
 
spread risk for credit exposures in the trading
 
portfolio using Monte Carlo simulation.
 
The IDSR model is
based on the historical behaviour of five-year idiosyncratic
 
credit spreads. Similar to GMR, IDSR is
 
computed as the threshold level that portfolio
 
losses are not
expected to exceed more than one out of every
 
100 trading days. IDSR is measured
 
for a ten-day holding period.
The following graph discloses daily one-day
 
VaR usage and trading net revenue, reported on a TEB,
 
within Wholesale Banking. Trading net revenue includes
trading income and net interest income related
 
to positions within the Bank’s market risk capital
 
trading books. For the quarter ended January
 
31, 2024, there were
4 days of trading losses and trading net revenue
 
was positive for
94
% of the trading days, reflecting normal
 
trading activity. Losses in the year did not exceed VaR
on any trading day.
VaR is a valuable risk measure but it should be used in the
 
context of its limitations, for example:
 
VaR uses historical data to estimate future events, which limits
 
its forecasting abilities;
 
it does not provide information on losses beyond
 
the selected confidence level; and
 
it assumes that all positions can be liquidated
 
during the holding period used for VaR calculation.
The Bank continuously improves its VaR methodologies and incorporates
 
new risk measures in line with market
 
conventions, industry best practices, and
regulatory requirements.
 
To mitigate some of the shortcomings of VaR, the Bank uses additional metrics designed for risk
 
management purposes.
 
This includes Stress Testing as well
as sensitivities to various market risk factors.
The following table presents the end of quarter, average, high,
 
and low usage of TD’s VaR metric.
 
TABLE 30: PORTFOLIO MARKET RISK MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
October 31
January 31
2024
2023
2023
As at
Average
High
Low
Average
Average
Interest rate risk
$
15.4
$
17.8
$
25.5
$
12.1
$
21.2
$
24.1
Credit spread risk
29.6
29.4
35.0
23.9
30.6
29.2
Equity risk
8.5
7.2
8.7
5.6
6.8
10.6
Foreign exchange risk
1.6
2.4
4.5
1.2
2.8
4.8
Commodity risk
3.7
3.7
4.6
2.6
3.9
8.1
Idiosyncratic debt specific risk
18.1
20.9
29.7
13.8
26.2
38.9
Diversification effect
1
(50.7)
(51.2)
n/m
2
n/m
(56.9)
(62.7)
Total Value-at-Risk (one-day)
26.2
30.2
40.1
21.8
34.6
53.0
1
The aggregate VaR is less than the sum of the VaR
 
of the different risk types due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.
2
 
Not meaningful. It is not meaningful to compute a diversification effect because the high and low may
 
occur on different days for different risk types.
Average VaR decreased year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter due
 
to changes in interest rate risk positions
 
and tighter credit spreads.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 32
Validation of VaR Model
 
The Bank uses a back-testing process
 
to compare actual profits and losses to VaR to review their consistency
 
with the statistical results of the VaR model.
 
Structural (Non-Trading) Interest Rate
 
Risk
 
The Bank’s
 
structural interest rate risk arises from traditional
 
personal and commercial banking activity
 
and is generally the result of mismatches between
 
the
maturities and repricing dates of the Bank’s assets
 
and liabilities. The measurement of interest
 
rate risk in the banking book does not
 
include exposures from TD’s
Wholesale Banking or Insurance businesses.
 
The primary measures for this risk are Economic
 
Value of Shareholders’
 
Equity (EVE) Sensitivity and Net Interest
 
Income Sensitivity (NIIS).
The EVE Sensitivity measures the impact
 
of a specified interest rate shock to the
 
change in the net present value of the Bank’s banking
 
book assets, liabilities,
and certain off-balance sheet items. It reflects a
 
measurement of the potential present value impact
 
on shareholders’ equity without an assumed
 
term profile for the
management of the Bank’s own equity and excludes
 
product margins.
 
The NIIS measures the NII change over
 
a twelve-month horizon for a specified
 
change in interest rates for banking book
 
assets, liabilities, and certain off-
balance sheet items assuming a constant balance
 
sheet over the period.
 
The Bank’s Market Risk policy sets overall limits
 
on the structural interest rate risk measures.
 
These limits are periodically reviewed
 
and approved by the Risk
Committee. In addition to the Board policy limits,
 
book-level risk limits are set for the
 
Bank’s management of non-trading interest rate
 
risk by Risk Management.
Exposures against these limits are routinely
 
monitored and reported, and breaches of the
 
Board limits, if any, are escalated to both the Asset/Liability and
 
Capital
Committee (ALCO) and the Risk Committee.
The following table shows the potential before-tax
 
impact of an immediate and sustained
 
100 bps increase or decrease in interest rates
 
on the EVE and NIIS
measures. Interest rate floors are applied
 
by currency to the decrease in rates such
 
that they do not exceed expected lower bounds,
 
with the most material
currencies set to a floor of -25 bps.
 
TABLE 31: STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2023
EVE
NII
EVE
NII
EVE
NII
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
1
Canada
U.S.
 
Total
Canada
U.S.
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Before-tax impact of
 
 
100 bps increase in rates
$
(402)
$
(1,734)
$
(2,136)
$
579
$
390
$
969
$
(2,211)
$
920
$
(1,610)
$
1,135
 
100 bps decrease in rates
320
1,402
1,722
(605)
(547)
(1,152)
1,599
(1,099)
1,056
(1,216)
1
Represents the twelve-month net interest income (NII) exposure to an immediate and sustained shock in rates.
As at January 31, 2024, an immediate and
 
sustained 100 bps increase in interest rates
 
would have had a negative impact to the
 
Bank’s EVE of $
2,136
 
million, a
decrease of $
75
 
million from last quarter, and a positive impact to the
 
Bank’s NII of $
969
 
million, an increase of $
49
 
million from last quarter. An immediate and
sustained 100 bps decrease in interest rates
 
would have had a positive impact to the Bank’s EVE
 
of $
1,722
 
million, an increase of $
123
 
million from last quarter,
and a negative impact to the Bank’s NII of $
1,152
 
million, an increase of $
53
 
million from last quarter. The quarter-over-quarter decrease in
 
up shock EVE
Sensitivity is primarily due to a decrease in
 
the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank’s investment
 
portfolio in the U.S. Region, partially
 
offset by an increase in the
duration of net assets supported by equity. The quarter-over-quarter
 
increase in down shock EVE Sensitivity
 
is primarily due to an increase in the
 
duration of net
assets supported by equity. The quarter-over-quarter increase in both
 
up and down shock NII Sensitivity is primarily
due to changes in deposit composition and
Treasury hedging activity.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 33
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk of having insufficient cash or
 
collateral to meet financial obligations and
 
an inability to, in a timely manner, raise funding or monetize assets
at a non-distressed price. Financial obligations
 
can arise from deposit withdrawals, debt
 
maturities, commitments to provide credit or liquidity
 
support,
 
or the need
to pledge additional collateral.
TD’S LIQUIDITY RISK APPETITE
The Bank applies an established set of practices
 
and protocols for managing its potential
 
exposure to liquidity risk. The Bank
 
targets a 90-day survival horizon
under a combined bank-specific and market-wide
 
stress scenario, and a minimum buffer over regulatory
 
requirements prescribed by the OSFI Liquidity
 
Adequacy
Requirements (LAR)
 
guidelines. Under the LAR guidelines,
 
Canadian banks are required to maintain
 
a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) at the
 
minimum of 100%
other than during periods of financial stress
 
and to maintain a Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
(NSFR) at the minimum of 100%. The
 
Bank’s funding program emphasizes
maximizing deposits as a core source of
 
funding, and having ready access to wholesale
 
funding markets across diversified terms,
 
funding types, and currencies
that is designed to ensure low exposure
 
to a sudden contraction of wholesale funding
 
capacity and to minimize structural liquidity
 
gaps. The Bank also maintains a
contingency funding plan to enhance preparedness
 
for recovery from potential liquidity stress
 
events. The Bank’s strategies and actions comprise
 
an integrated
liquidity risk management program that is designed
 
to ensure low exposure to liquidity risk and
 
compliance with regulatory requirements.
LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY
The Bank’s ALCO oversees the Bank’s liquidity risk
 
management program. It ensures there are
 
effective management structures and practices
 
in place to properly
measure and manage liquidity risk. The Global
 
Liquidity
 
& Funding Committee, a subcommittee
 
of the ALCO comprised of senior management
 
from Treasury,
Risk Management and Wholesale Banking, identifies
 
and monitors the Bank’s liquidity risks.
 
The management of liquidity risk is the responsibility
 
of the SET
member responsible for Treasury, while oversight and challenge is provided
 
by the ALCO and independently by Risk
 
Management. The Risk Committee regularly
reviews the Bank’s liquidity position and approves
 
the Bank’s Liquidity Risk Management
 
Framework bi-annually and the related policies
 
annually.
The Bank has established TDGUS as TD’s U.S. IHC,
 
as well as a Combined U.S. Operations
 
(CUSO) reporting unit that consists
 
of the IHC and TD’s U.S.
branch and agency network. Both TDGUS and
 
CUSO are managed to the U.S. Enhanced
 
Prudential Standards liquidity requirements
 
in addition to the Bank’s
liquidity management framework.
The Bank’s liquidity risk appetite and liquidity risk
 
management approach have not substantially
 
changed from that described in the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Report.
For a complete discussion of liquidity risk,
 
refer to the “Liquidity Risk”
 
section in the Bank’s 2023 Annual Report.
Liquid assets
The unencumbered liquid assets the Bank holds
 
to meet its liquidity requirements must be
 
high-quality securities that the Bank believes
 
can be monetized quickly
in stress conditions with minimum loss in
 
market value. The liquidity value of unencumbered
 
liquid assets considers estimated market
 
or trading depths, settlement
timing, and/or other identified impediments
 
to potential sale or pledging.
 
Assets held by the Bank to meet liquidity
 
requirements are summarized in the following
 
tables. The tables do not include assets held
 
within the Bank’s
insurance businesses as these are used to
 
support insurance-specific liabilities and capital
 
requirements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 34
TABLE 32: SUMMARY OF LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
As at
 
Securities
 
received as
 
collateral from
 
securities
 
financing and
 
Bank-owned
 
derivative
 
Total
% of
 
Encumbered
 
Unencumbered
 
liquid assets
 
transactions
liquid assets
total
liquid assets
 
liquid assets
 
January 31, 2024
 
Cash and central bank reserves
$
13,203
$
$
13,203
2
%
$
590
$
12,613
Canadian government obligations
18,437
80,646
99,083
12
45,930
53,153
National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed
Securities (NHA MBS)
41,024
41,024
5
1,889
39,135
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
41,606
23,211
64,817
8
33,066
31,751
Corporate issuer obligations
20,494
4,358
24,852
3
5,106
19,746
Equities
9,952
2,107
12,059
1
9,498
2,561
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
144,716
110,322
255,038
31
96,079
158,959
Cash and central bank reserves
59,981
59,981
7
199
59,782
U.S. government obligations
77,506
64,971
142,477
17
72,539
69,938
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
79,224
13,183
92,407
11
27,269
65,138
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
66,005
40,789
106,794
13
38,154
68,640
Corporate issuer obligations
77,877
10,190
88,067
11
18,535
69,532
Equities
51,299
34,804
86,103
10
47,636
38,467
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
411,892
163,937
575,829
69
204,332
371,497
Total
$
556,608
$
274,259
$
830,867
100
%
$
300,411
$
530,456
October 31, 2023
 
Cash and central bank reserves
$
28,548
$
$
28,548
3
%
$
506
$
28,042
Canadian government obligations
15,214
94,000
109,214
13
67,457
41,757
NHA MBS
38,760
38,760
4
1,043
37,717
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
40,697
22,703
63,400
8
31,078
32,322
Corporate issuer obligations
19,507
4,815
24,322
3
4,512
19,810
Equities
10,555
2,288
12,843
1
8,890
3,953
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
153,281
123,806
277,087
32
113,486
163,601
Cash and central bank reserves
66,094
66,094
8
180
65,914
U.S. government obligations
72,808
64,449
137,257
16
63,688
73,569
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
80,047
15,838
95,885
11
29,487
66,398
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities
and multilateral development banks
3
65,996
54,321
120,317
13
56,652
63,665
Corporate issuer obligations
84,853
9,656
94,509
11
15,228
79,281
Equities
38,501
38,388
76,889
9
47,653
29,236
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
408,299
182,652
590,951
68
212,888
378,063
Total
$
561,580
$
306,458
$
868,038
100
%
$
326,374
$
541,664
1
Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.
2
 
Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.
3
 
Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.
Unencumbered liquid assets held in The
 
Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries (excluding
 
insurance subsidiaries) and branches
are summarized in the following table.
 
TABLE 33: SUMMARY OF UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY
 
BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
January 31
October 31
2024
2023
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)
$
211,078
$
205,408
Bank subsidiaries
278,746
291,915
Foreign branches
40,632
44,341
Total
$
530,456
$
541,664
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 35
The Bank’s
 
monthly average liquid assets (excluding those
 
held in insurance subsidiaries) for the quarters
 
ended January 31, 2024 and October 31,
 
2023, are
summarized in the following table.
 
TABLE 34: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
Average for the three months ended
Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
Total
Bank-owned
derivative
liquid
% of
Encumbered
Unencumbered
liquid assets
transactions
assets
Total
liquid assets
liquid assets
January 31, 2024
Cash and central bank reserves
$
25,485
$
$
25,485
3
%
$
543
$
24,942
Canadian government obligations
17,377
82,565
99,942
12
54,469
45,473
NHA MBS
40,487
40,487
5
1,391
39,096
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector
 
 
entities and multilateral development banks
3
43,258
24,036
67,294
8
35,838
31,456
Corporate issuer obligations
19,590
5,056
24,646
3
5,314
19,332
Equities
11,845
2,423
14,268
1
10,393
3,875
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
158,042
114,080
272,122
32
107,948
164,174
Cash and central bank reserves
53,870
53,870
6
240
53,630
U.S. government obligations
76,266
64,334
140,600
17
70,162
70,438
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
78,957
12,071
91,028
11
26,571
64,457
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and
 
multilateral development banks
3
66,149
44,439
110,588
13
43,327
67,261
Corporate issuer obligations
78,943
11,043
89,986
11
17,989
71,997
Equities
48,073
36,885
84,958
10
48,537
36,421
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
402,258
168,772
571,030
68
206,826
364,204
Total
$
560,300
$
282,852
$
843,152
100
%
$
314,774
$
528,378
October 31, 2023
Cash and central bank reserves
$
30,169
$
$
30,169
4
%
$
478
$
29,691
Canadian government obligations
17,188
87,770
104,958
12
65,465
39,493
NHA MBS
39,047
39,047
4
1,068
37,979
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector
 
entities and multilateral development banks
3
40,614
23,474
64,088
7
33,166
30,922
Corporate issuer obligations
17,625
4,741
22,366
3
4,573
17,793
Equities
11,338
3,039
14,377
2
8,756
5,621
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
155,981
119,024
275,005
32
113,506
161,499
Cash and central bank reserves
63,529
63,529
8
243
63,286
U.S. government obligations
72,220
62,823
135,043
16
63,096
71,947
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S.
 
 
federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
80,429
14,100
94,529
11
28,197
66,332
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and
 
multilateral development banks
3
65,257
49,780
115,037
13
51,138
63,899
Corporate issuer obligations
84,183
9,711
93,894
11
15,193
78,701
Equities
39,737
39,120
78,857
9
44,434
34,423
Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated
405,355
175,534
580,889
68
202,301
378,588
Total
$
561,336
$
294,558
$
855,894
100
%
$
315,807
$
540,087
1
 
Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.
2
 
Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.
3
 
Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.
Average unencumbered liquid assets held in
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries (excluding
 
insurance subsidiaries) and
branches are summarized in the following
 
table.
 
TABLE 35: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES,
 
AND BRANCHES
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Average for the three months ended
 
January 31
October 31
2024
2023
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)
$
209,171
$
207,164
Bank subsidiaries
285,938
294,582
Foreign branches
33,269
38,341
Total
$
528,378
$
540,087
ASSET ENCUMBRANCE
In the course of the Bank’s day-to-day operations,
 
assets are pledged to obtain funding,
 
support trading and brokerage businesses,
 
and participate in clearing
and/or settlement systems. A summary
 
of encumbered and unencumbered assets
 
(excluding assets held in insurance subsidiaries)
 
is presented in the following
table to identify assets that are used or available
 
for potential funding needs.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 36
TABLE 36: ENCUMBERED AND UNENCUMBERED ASSETS
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
Total Assets
Encumbered
1
Unencumbered
Securities
received as
 
collateral from
securities
 
financing and
 
Bank-owned
derivative
Total
 
Pledged as
 
Available as
assets
transactions
2
Assets
Collateral
3
Other
4
Collateral
5
Other
6
January 31, 2024
Cash and due from banks
$
6,333
$
$
6,333
$
$
$
7
$
6,326
Interest-bearing deposits with
banks
75,048
75,048
5,719
119
65,937
3,273
Securities, trading loans, and other
7
549,276
435,951
985,227
397,303
16,846
546,941
24,137
Derivatives
60,574
60,574
60,574
Securities purchased under reverse
repurchase agreements
8
199,079
(199,079)
Loans, net of allowance for loan
 
losses
9
904,336
(13,549)
890,787
55,582
75,370
60,643
699,192
Customers’ liabilities under
 
acceptances
13,066
13,066
13,066
Other assets
10
103,180
103,180
646
102,534
Total assets
$
1,910,892
$
223,323
$
2,134,215
$
459,250
$
92,335
$
673,528
$
909,102
October 31, 2023
Total assets
$
1,955,139
$
215,318
$
2,170,457
$
460,641
$
84,997
$
678,289
$
946,530
1
 
Asset encumbrance has been analyzed on an individual asset basis. Where a particular asset has been encumbered
 
and TD has holdings of the asset both on-balance sheet and off-
balance sheet, for the purpose of this disclosure, the on- and off-balance sheet holdings are encumbered
 
in alignment with the business practice.
2
 
Assets received as collateral through off-balance sheet transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements,
 
securities borrowing, margin loans, and other client activity.
3
 
Represents assets that have been posted externally to support the Bank’s
 
day-to-day operations, including securities financing transactions, clearing and payments, and
 
derivative
transactions. Also includes assets that have been pledged supporting Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) activity.
4
 
Assets supporting TD’s long-term funding activities, assets pledged against securitization liabilities, and
 
assets held by consolidated securitization vehicles or in pools for covered bond
issuance.
5
 
Assets that are considered readily available in their current legal form to generate funding or support collateral
 
needs. This category includes reported FHLB assets that remain unutilized
and DSAC that are available for collateral purposes however not regularly utilized in practice.
6
 
Assets that cannot be used to support funding or collateral requirements in their current form. This category includes
 
those assets that are potentially eligible as funding program
collateral or for pledging to central banks (for example, Canada Mortgage
 
and Housing Corporation insured mortgages that can be securitized into NHA MBS).
7
 
Includes trading loans, securities, non-trading financial assets at FVTPL and other financial assets designated at
 
FVTPL, financial assets at FVOCI, and DSAC.
8
 
Assets reported in the “Bank-owned assets”
 
column represent the value of the loans extended and not the value of the collateral received. The loan value
 
from the reverse repurchase
transactions is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions
 
 
column to avoid double-counting with the on-balance sheet
assets.
9
 
The loan value from the margin loans/client activity is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities
 
financing and derivative transactions”
 
column to avoid double-
counting with the on-balance sheet assets.
10
 
Other assets include investment in Schwab, goodwill, other intangibles, land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable
 
assets, deferred tax assets, amounts receivable from brokers,
dealers, and clients, and other assets on the balance sheet not reported in the above categories.
LIQUIDITY STRESS TESTING AND CONTINGENCY
 
FUNDING PLANS
In addition to the Severe Combined Stress
 
Scenario,
 
the Bank performs liquidity stress testing
 
on multiple alternate scenarios. These
 
scenarios are a mix of TD-
specific events and market-wide stress events
 
designed to test the impact from risk
 
factors material to the Bank’s risk profile. Liquidity
 
assessments are also part
of the Bank’s Enterprise-Wide Stress Testing program.
The Bank has liquidity contingency funding
 
plans (CFP) in place at the overall
 
Bank level and for certain subsidiaries operating
 
in foreign jurisdictions (Regional
CFPs). The Bank’s CFP provides a documented
 
framework for managing unexpected liquidity
 
situations and thus is an integral component
 
of the Bank’s overall
liquidity risk management program. It outlines
 
different contingency levels based on the severity
 
and duration of the liquidity situation and
 
identifies recovery
actions appropriate for each level. For each recovery
 
action, it provides key operational
 
steps required to execute the action. Regional
 
CFPs identify recovery
actions to address region-specific stress
 
events. The actions and governance structure
 
outlined in the Bank’s CFP are aligned
 
with the Bank’s Crisis Management
Recovery Plan.
CREDIT RATINGS
Credit ratings impact the Bank’s borrowing costs
 
and ability to raise funds. Rating downgrades
 
could potentially result in higher financing
 
costs, increased
requirements to pledge collateral, reduced
 
access to capital markets, and could also affect
 
the Bank’s ability to enter into derivative transactions.
 
Credit ratings and outlooks provided
 
by rating agencies reflect their views and
 
are subject to change from time to time,
 
based on a number of factors including
the Bank’s financial strength, competitive position,
 
and liquidity, as well as factors not entirely within the Bank’s control, including
 
the methodologies used by rating
agencies and conditions affecting the overall financial
 
services industry.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 37
TABLE 37: CREDIT RATINGS
1
As at
January 31, 2024
Moody’s
S&P
Fitch
DBRS
Deposits/Counterparty
2
Aa1
AA-
AA
AA (high)
Legacy Senior Debt
3
Aa2
AA-
AA
AA (high)
Senior Debt
4
A1
A
AA-
AA
Covered Bonds
Aaa
AAA
AAA
Subordinated Debt
A2
A
A
AA (low)
Subordinated Debt – NVCC
A2 (hyb)
A-
A
A
Preferred Shares – NVCC
Baa1 (hyb)
BBB
BBB+
Pfd-2 (high)
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – NVCC
Baa1 (hyb)
BBB
BBB+
A (low)
Short-Term Debt (Deposits)
P-1
A-1+
F1+
R-1 (high)
Outlook
Stable
Stable
Stable
Stable
1
 
The above ratings are for The Toronto-Dominion
 
Bank legal entity. Subsidiaries’ ratings are available
 
on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com/investor/credit.jsp. Credit
 
ratings are not
recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation in as much as they do not comment on market
 
price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are subject
 
to revision
or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization.
2
 
Represents Moody’s Long-Term
 
Deposits Ratings and Counterparty Risk Rating, S&P’s Issuer Credit Rating, Fitch’s
 
Long-Term Deposits Rating and DBRS
 
 
Long-Term Issuer Rating.
3
 
Includes (a) Senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and (b) Senior debt issued on or after September
 
23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime.
4
 
Subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization “bail-in”
 
regime.
The Bank regularly reviews the level
 
of increased collateral its trading counterparties
 
would require in the event of a downgrade
 
of TD’s credit rating. The Bank
holds liquid assets to ensure it is able to provide
 
additional collateral required by trading
 
counterparties in the event of a three-notch
 
downgrade in the Bank’s
senior debt ratings.
 
The following table presents the additional collateral
 
that could have been contractually required
 
to be posted to OTC derivative counterparties
as of the reporting date in the event of one,
 
two, and three-notch downgrades of the Bank’s
 
credit ratings.
 
TABLE 38: ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING DOWNGRADES
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Average for the three months ended
 
January 31
October 31
2024
2023
One-notch downgrade
$
90
$
153
Two-notch downgrade
150
230
Three-notch downgrade
800
955
1
 
The above collateral requirements are based on each OTC trading counterparty’s Credit Support Annex
 
and the Bank’s credit rating across applicable rating agencies.
 
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
 
The LCR is a Basel III metric calculated
 
as the ratio of the stock of unencumbered high-quality
 
liquid assets (HQLA) over the net cash
 
outflow requirements in the
next 30 days under a hypothetical liquidity stress
 
event.
Other than during periods of financial stress,
 
the Bank must maintain the LCR above
 
100% in accordance with the OSFI LAR
 
requirement. The Bank’s LCR is
calculated according to the scenario parameters
 
in the LAR guideline, including prescribed
 
HQLA eligibility criteria and haircuts, deposit
 
run-off rates, and other
outflow and inflow rates. HQLA held by the
 
Bank that are eligible for the LCR calculation
 
under the LAR are primarily central bank
 
reserves, sovereign-issued or
sovereign-guaranteed securities, and high-quality
 
securities issued by non-financial entities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 38
The following table summarizes the Bank’s average
 
daily LCR as of the relevant dates.
 
TABLE 39: AVERAGE BASEL III LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
Average for the three months ended
January 31, 2024
Total unweighted
Total weighted
value (average)
2
value (average)
3
High-quality liquid assets
Total high-quality liquid assets
$
n/a
4
$
334,351
Cash outflows
Retail deposits and deposits from small business
 
customers, of which:
$
482,805
$
30,811
Stable deposits
5
256,660
7,700
Less stable deposits
226,145
23,111
Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:
349,412
174,407
Operational deposits (all counterparties)
 
and deposits in networks of cooperative banks
6
128,573
30,354
Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)
192,654
115,868
Unsecured debt
28,185
28,185
Secured wholesale funding
n/a
38,464
Additional requirements, of which:
346,601
105,521
Outflows related to derivative exposures and
 
other collateral requirements
60,479
43,247
Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products
11,461
11,461
Credit and liquidity facilities
274,661
50,813
Other contractual funding obligations
19,252
10,385
Other contingent funding obligations
7
771,815
11,987
Total cash outflows
$
n/a
$
371,575
Cash inflows
Secured lending
 
$
224,349
$
35,812
Inflows from fully performing exposures
21,167
10,038
Other cash inflows
74,396
74,396
Total cash inflows
$
319,912
$
120,246
Average for the three months ended
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Total adjusted
Total adjusted
value
value
Total high-quality liquid assets
8
$
334,351
$
325,142
Total net cash outflows
9
251,329
250,314
Liquidity coverage ratio
133
%
130
%
1
 
The LCR for the quarter ended January 31, 2024 is calculated as an average of the 62 daily data points in the quarter.
 
2
 
Unweighted inflow and outflow values are outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days.
3
 
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective HQLA haircuts or inflow and outflow
 
rates, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline.
4
 
Not applicable as per the LCR common disclosure template.
5
 
As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME)
 
customers are deposits that are insured and are either held in
transactional accounts or the depositors have an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawal
 
highly unlikely.
6
 
Operational deposits from non-SME business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their
 
access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These
activities include clearing, custody, or cash management
 
services.
7
 
Includes uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities, stable value money market mutual funds, outstanding debt securities
 
with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, and other
contractual cash outflows. With respect to outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than
 
30 days, TD has no contractual obligation to buy back these outstanding TD
debt securities, and as a result, a 0% outflow rate is applied under the OSFI LAR guideline.
8
 
Total HQLA includes both asset haircuts
 
and applicable caps,
 
as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (HQLA assets after haircuts are capped at 40% for
 
Level 2 and 15% for Level 2B).
9
 
Total Net Cash Outflows include both inflow
 
and outflow rates and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (inflows are capped at 75%
 
of outflows).
The Bank’s average LCR of 133% for the quarter ended
 
January 31, 2024 continues to meet the regulatory
 
requirements.
 
The Bank holds
 
a variety of liquid assets commensurate
 
with the liquidity needs of the organization.
 
Many of these assets qualify as HQLA under
 
the OSFI LAR
guideline. The average HQLA of the Bank
 
for the quarter ended January 31, 2024 was
 
$334 billion (October 31, 2023 – $325
 
billion), with Level 1 assets
representing 83% (October 31, 2023 – 82%).
 
The Bank’s reported HQLA excludes excess
 
HQLA from the U.S. Retail operations,
 
as required by the OSFI LAR
guideline, to reflect liquidity transfer considerations
 
between U.S. Retail and its affiliates as a result
 
of the U.S. Federal
 
Reserve Board’s regulations. By excluding
excess HQLA, the U.S. Retail LCR is
 
effectively capped at 100%
 
prior to total Bank consolidation.
 
As described in the “How TD Manages Liquidity
 
Risk” section of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Report,
 
the Bank manages its HQLA and other liquidity
 
buffers to the
higher of TD’s 90-day surplus requirement and the
 
target buffers over regulatory requirements from
 
the LCR, NSFR, and the Net Cumulative
 
Cash Flow metrics.
As a result, the total stock of HQLA is subject
 
to ongoing rebalancing against the projected
 
liquidity requirements.
 
NET STABLE
 
FUNDING RATIO
The NSFR is a Basel III metric calculated as
 
the ratio of total available stable funding
 
(ASF) over total required stable funding (RSF)
 
in accordance with OSFI’s
LAR guideline. The Bank must maintain an
 
NSFR ratio equal to or above 100% in accordance
 
with the LAR guideline. The Bank’s ASF comprises
 
the Bank’s
liability and capital instruments (including
 
deposits and wholesale funding). The assets
 
that require stable funding are based on
 
the Bank’s on and off-balance
sheet activities and a function of their liquidity
 
characteristics and the requirements of OSFI’s
 
LAR guideline.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 39
TABLE 40: NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
January 31, 2024
Unweighted value by residential maturity
6 months to
No
 
Less than
 
less than
 
More than
Weighted
maturity
1
6 months
 
1 year
 
1 year
 
value
2
Available Stable Funding Item
Capital
$
109,250
$
n/a
$
n/a
$
9,113
$
118,363
Regulatory capital
109,250
n/a
n/a
9,113
118,363
Other capital instruments
n/a
n/a
n/a
Retail deposits and deposits from small business
 
customers:
434,080
65,298
39,640
30,458
529,638
Stable deposits
3
250,832
24,753
15,242
15,120
291,406
Less stable deposits
183,248
40,545
24,398
15,338
238,232
Wholesale funding:
235,934
361,919
100,168
234,625
437,491
Operational deposits
4
100,803
2,283
1
51,544
Other wholesale funding
135,131
359,636
100,167
234,625
385,947
Liabilities with matching interdependent assets
5
2,119
1,634
21,620
Other liabilities:
54,220
95,202
2,381
NSFR derivative liabilities
n/a
(958)
 
n/a
 
All other liabilities and equity not included
 
in the above categories
54,220
92,789
1,980
1,391
2,381
Total Available Stable Funding
$
1,087,873
Required Stable Funding Item
Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
 
n/a
 
$
62,180
Deposits held at other financial institutions for
 
operational purposes
Performing loans and securities
108,989
225,917
118,247
673,137
758,227
Performing loans to financial institutions
 
secured by Level 1 HQLA
71,624
9,075
10,865
Performing loans to financial institutions
 
secured by non-Level 1
HQLA and unsecured performing loans to
 
financial institutions
509
41,570
6,825
12,293
20,786
Performing loans to non-financial corporate
 
clients, loans to retail
and small business customers, and loans
 
to sovereigns, central
banks and PSEs, of which:
37,171
67,047
46,137
284,009
333,861
With a risk weight of less than or equal
 
to 35% under the Basel II
standardized approach for credit risk
n/a
45,282
29,534
36,346
Performing residential mortgages, of which:
30,968
37,571
51,651
305,942
291,042
With a risk weight of less than or equal
 
to 35% under the Basel II
standardized approach for credit risk
6
30,968
37,571
51,651
305,942
291,042
Securities that are not in default and do not
 
qualify as HQLA,
including exchange-traded equities
40,341
8,105
4,559
70,893
101,673
Assets with matching interdependent liabilities
5
1,715
2,438
21,540
Other assets:
69,568
135,698
104,767
Physical traded commodities, including gold
10,729
 
n/a
 
 
n/a
 
 
n/a
 
9,411
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative
 
contracts and
 
contributions to default funds of CCPs
17,634
14,989
NSFR derivative assets
 
 
n/a
 
5,218
6,177
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction
 
of variation margin
posted
 
n/a
 
18,871
944
All other assets not included in the above
 
categories
58,839
86,349
1,664
5,962
73,246
Off-balance sheet items
 
n/a
 
770,848
27,722
Total Required Stable Funding
$
952,896
Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
114
%
As at
October 31, 2023
Total Available Stable Funding
$
1,123,816
Total Required Stable Funding
960,590
Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
117
%
1
 
Items in the “no maturity” time bucket do not have a stated maturity.
 
These may include, but are not limited to, items such as capital with perpetual maturity,
 
non-maturity deposits, short
positions, open maturity positions, non-HQLA equities, and physical traded commodities.
2
 
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective NSFR weights, as prescribed by the
 
OSFI LAR guideline.
3
 
As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and SME customers are deposits that are insured
 
and are either held in transactional accounts or the depositors have
an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawals highly unlikely.
4
 
Operational deposits from non-SME business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their
 
access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These
activities include clearing, custody, or cash management
 
services.
5
 
Interdependent asset and liability items are deemed by OSFI to be interdependent and have RSF and ASF risk factors
 
adjusted to zero. Interdependent liabilities cannot fall due while the
asset is still on balance sheet, cannot be used to fund any other assets and principal payments from the asset cannot
 
be used for anything other than repaying the liability.
 
As such, the
only interdependent assets and liabilities that qualify for this treatment at the Bank are the liabilities arising from the
 
Canada Mortgage Bonds Program and their corresponding
encumbered assets.
 
6
 
Includes Residential Mortgages and HELOCs.
The Bank’s NSFR for the quarter ended January
 
31, 2024 is at 114%
 
(October 31, 2023 – 117%) representing a surplus of $135 billion
 
adhering to regulatory
requirements. Decreases are attributable
 
to changes in our funding composition and lower
 
deposit balance in the U.S. Retail Segment.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 40
FUNDING
The Bank has access to a variety of unsecured
 
and secured funding sources. The Bank’s
 
funding activities are conducted in accordance
 
with liquidity risk
management policies that require assets be
 
funded to the appropriate term and to a prudent
 
diversification profile.
 
The Bank’s primary approach to managing
 
funding activities is to maximize the use of
 
deposits raised through personal and
 
commercial banking channels.
The
following table illustrates the Bank’s base of personal
 
and commercial, wealth, and Schwab sweep
 
deposits (collectively, “P&C deposits”) that make up
approximately
70
% (October 31, 2023 –
70
%) of the Bank’s total funding.
 
TABLE 41: SUMMARY OF DEPOSIT FUNDING
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
January 31
October 31
2024
2023
P&C deposits – Canadian
$
533,989
$
529,078
P&C deposits – U.S.
1
424,893
446,355
Total
$
958,882
$
975,433
1
P&C deposits in U.S. are presented on a Canadian equivalent basis and therefore period-over-period movements
 
reflect both underlying growth and changes in the foreign exchange
rate.
 
WHOLESALE FUNDING
The Bank maintains various registered external
 
wholesale term (greater than 1 year) funding
 
programs to provide access to diversified
 
funding sources, including
asset securitization, covered bonds, and
 
unsecured wholesale debt. The Bank raises
 
term funding through Senior Notes, NHA MBS,
 
and notes backed by credit
card receivables (Evergreen Credit Card
 
Trust) and home equity lines of credit (Genesis Trust II). The Bank’s
 
wholesale funding is diversified by geography, by
currency, and by funding types. The Bank raises short-term (1
 
year or less) funding using certificates of deposit,
 
commercial paper, and bankers’ acceptances.
The following table summarizes the registered
 
term funding and capital programs by geography, with the related program
 
size as at January 31, 2024.
 
Canada
United States
Europe
Capital Securities Program ($20 billion)
Canadian Senior Medium-Term Linked Notes
Program ($5 billion)
HELOC ABS Program (Genesis Trust II) ($7
 
billion)
U.S. SEC (F-3) Registered Capital and
 
Debt
Program (US$75 billion)
United Kingdom Listing Authority (UKLA)
 
Registered
Legislative Covered Bond Program ($80 billion)
UKLA Registered Global Medium-Term Note
Program (US$40 billion)
The following table presents a breakdown of
 
the Bank’s term debt by currency and funding
 
type. Term funding as at January 31, 2024, was $175.8 billion
(October 31, 2023
 
– $173.3 billion).
 
Note that Table 42: Long-Term Funding and Table
 
43: Wholesale Funding do not include
 
any funding accessed via repurchase transactions
 
or securities financing.
TABLE 42: LONG-TERM FUNDING
1
As at
January 31
October 31
Long-term funding by currency
2024
 
2023
Canadian dollar
27
%
27
%
U.S. dollar
34
35
Euro
26
27
British pound
7
5
Other
6
6
Total
100
%
100
%
Long-term funding by type
 
 
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
59
%
61
%
Covered bonds
33
31
Mortgage securitization
2
7
7
Term asset-backed securities
1
1
Total
100
%
100
%
1
The table includes funding issued to external investors
 
only.
2
Mortgage securitization excludes the residential
 
mortgage trading business.
The Bank maintains depositor concentration
 
limits in respect of short-term wholesale
 
deposits so that it is not overly reliant
 
on individual depositors for funding.
The Bank further limits short-term wholesale
 
funding maturity concentration in an effort to
 
mitigate refinancing risk during a stress event.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 41
The following table represents the remaining
 
maturity of various sources of funding outstanding
 
as at January 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023.
 
TABLE 43: WHOLESALE FUNDING
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31
October 31
2024
2023
Less than
1 to 3
3 to 6
6 months
Up to 1
Over 1 to
Over
1 month
months
months
to 1 year
year
2 years
2 years
Total
Total
Deposits from banks
2
$
19,867
$
4,794
$
3,640
$
4,470
$
32,771
$
$
$
32,771
$
42,481
Bearer deposit notes
199
328
767
498
1,792
1,792
1,804
Certificates of deposit
9,320
21,638
32,642
38,122
101,722
95
101,817
113,476
Commercial paper
4,564
14,716
10,093
17,413
46,786
46,786
40,515
Covered bonds
3,000
3,268
3,456
852
10,576
11,703
38,828
61,107
56,973
Mortgage securitization
3
695
2,287
2,660
5,642
4,120
19,140
28,902
27,131
Legacy senior unsecured medium-term
notes
4
1,021
1,883
2,904
208
23
3,135
3,162
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
5
10,393
3,115
13,049
26,557
17,864
52,794
97,215
97,525
Subordinated notes and debentures
6
197
9,357
9,554
9,620
Term asset-backed
 
securitization
400
309
1,008
1,717
404
2,121
2,204
Other
7
32,987
2,890
2,703
2,409
40,989
613
700
42,302
44,348
Total
$
70,337
$
59,743
$
60,895
$
80,481
$
271,456
$
34,800
$
121,246
$
427,502
$
439,239
Of which:
Secured
$
12,112
$
3,963
$
6,052
$
4,520
$
26,647
$
15,824
$
58,376
$
100,847
$
95,328
Unsecured
58,225
55,780
54,843
75,961
244,809
18,976
62,870
326,655
343,911
Total
$
70,337
$
59,743
$
60,895
$
80,481
$
271,456
$
34,800
$
121,246
$
427,502
$
439,239
1
 
Excludes bankers’ acceptances, which are disclosed in the Remaining Contractual Maturity table within the “Managing
 
Risk” section of this document.
2
 
Includes fixed-term deposits with banks.
3
 
Includes mortgage-backed securities (MBS) issued to external investors and Wholesale Banking residential
 
mortgage trading business.
4
 
Includes a) senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and b) senior debt issued on or after September 23,
 
2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime,
including debt with an original term-to-maturity of less than 400 days.
5
 
Comprised of senior debt subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization “bail-in”
 
regime. Excludes $6.0 billion of structured notes subject to conversion under the “bail-in”
regime (October 31, 2023 – $5.7 billion).
6
 
Subordinated notes and debentures are not considered wholesale funding as they may be raised primarily for capital
 
management purposes.
7
Includes fixed-term deposits from non-bank institutions (unsecured) of $18.9 billion (October 31, 2023 – $22.1
 
billion) and the remaining are non-term deposits.
Excluding the Wholesale Banking residential
 
mortgage trading business, the Bank’s total MBS
 
issued to external investors for the three
 
months ended
January
 
31, 2024
 
was $0.2 billion (three months ended
 
January 31, 2023
 
– $0.4
 
billion) and other asset-backed securities
 
issued for the three months ended
January 31, 2024
 
was nil (three months ended January
 
31, 2023
 
– $0.3 billion). Total unsecured medium-term notes and covered bonds
 
issuances for the three
months ended January 31, 2024, were $0.7
 
billion and $4.5 billion,
 
respectively (three months ended January
 
31, 2023 – $12.9 billion and nil,
 
respectively).
MATURITY ANALYSIS OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS
The following table summarizes on-balance
 
sheet and off-balance sheet categories by remaining
 
contractual maturity. Off-balance sheet commitments include
contractual obligations to make future payments
 
on certain lease-related commitments, certain
 
purchase obligations, and other liabilities.
 
The values of credit
instruments reported in the following
 
table represent the maximum amount of additional
 
credit that the Bank could be obligated to extend
 
should such instruments
be fully drawn or utilized. Since a significant
 
portion of guarantees and commitments
 
are expected to expire without being
 
drawn upon, the total of the contractual
amounts is not representative of expected future
 
liquidity requirements. These contractual
 
obligations have an impact on the Bank’s short-term
 
and long-term
liquidity and capital resource needs.
The maturity analysis presented does not depict
 
the degree of the Bank’s maturity transformation or
 
the Bank’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk.
 
The
Bank’s objective is to fund its assets appropriately
 
to protect against borrowing cost volatility
 
and potential reductions to funding market
 
availability. The Bank
utilizes stable non-maturity deposits (chequing
 
and savings accounts) and term deposits
 
as the primary source of long-term funding
 
for the Bank’s non-trading
assets including personal and business
 
term loans and the stable balance of revolving
 
lines of credit. Additionally, the Bank issues long-term funding
 
in respect of
such non-trading assets and raises short
 
term funding primarily to finance trading assets.
 
The liquidity of trading assets under stressed
 
market conditions is
considered when determining the appropriate
 
term of the funding.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 42
TABLE 44: REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
No
Less than
1 to 3
3 to 6
6 to 9
9 months
Over 1 to
Over 2 to
Over
specific
1 month
months
months
months
to 1 year
2 years
5 years
5 years
maturity
Total
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$
6,333
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,333
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
33,748
316
119
40,865
75,048
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
2,910
7,218
4,548
4,222
3,187
13,285
28,740
25,274
72,136
161,520
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss
163
739
751
234
174
1,643
657
1,108
1,516
6,985
Derivatives
6,013
5,576
3,705
2,799
3,656
8,976
17,397
12,452
60,574
Financial assets designated at fair value through
profit or loss
221
299
773
361
265
1,028
1,722
1,301
5,970
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income
655
3,713
6,029
1,992
2,434
7,850
17,632
30,947
3,478
74,730
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
for credit losses
1,258
2,960
15,625
3,403
5,057
22,520
112,305
136,945
(2)
300,071
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
2
123,061
29,362
22,863
9,820
4,436
1,211
889
7,437
199,079
Loans
Residential mortgages
 
2,671
5,332
8,697
13,800
13,475
56,840
165,184
55,671
321,670
Consumer instalment and other personal
929
1,682
2,461
3,767
5,878
27,156
84,409
34,448
56,667
217,397
Credit card
38,635
38,635
Business and government
 
40,069
10,410
14,852
16,295
16,667
41,553
98,116
69,291
26,646
333,899
Total loans
43,669
17,424
26,010
33,862
36,020
125,549
347,709
159,410
121,948
911,601
Allowance for loan losses
(7,265)
(7,265)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
43,669
17,424
26,010
33,862
36,020
125,549
347,709
159,410
114,683
904,336
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
10,459
2,573
34
13,066
Investment in Schwab
9,548
9,548
Goodwill
3
18,098
18,098
Other intangibles
3
2,799
2,799
Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable
 
assets, and right-of-use assets
3
9
12
12
24
77
668
3,160
5,562
9,524
Deferred tax assets
3,928
3,928
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
34,400
370
34,770
Other assets
5,219
4,918
666
286
263
119
124
90
12,828
24,513
Total assets
$
268,109
$
75,107
$
81,135
$
56,991
$
55,516
$
182,258
$
527,843
$
370,687
$
293,246
$
1,910,892
Liabilities
Trading deposits
$
1,329
$
3,306
$
5,070
$
4,002
$
2,736
$
5,049
$
7,671
$
1,471
$
$
30,634
Derivatives
6,180
5,865
3,622
2,238
3,103
6,728
12,365
13,972
54,073
Securitization liabilities at fair value
339
1,219
391
825
1,980
7,657
4,132
16,543
Financial liabilities designated at
 
fair value through profit or loss
 
33,203
42,139
45,960
41,435
17,155
95
125
180,112
Deposits
4,5
Personal
10,760
15,741
22,117
19,561
21,717
18,475
21,271
683
492,515
622,840
Banks
14,101
115
1
3
1
11,722
25,943
Business and government
23,096
30,596
16,590
9,674
11,983
31,645
75,438
16,962
316,487
532,471
Total deposits
47,957
46,452
38,707
29,235
33,700
50,121
96,712
17,646
820,724
1,181,254
Acceptances
10,459
2,573
34
13,066
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
1,007
2,136
2,016
1,421
383
7,227
14,670
12,571
1,444
42,875
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase
 
agreements
2
156,296
10,241
3,278
1,190
587
473
92
1,972
174,129
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
357
1,067
692
751
2,140
4,866
2,485
12,358
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
33,314
698
34,012
Insurance contract liabilities
216
362
283
223
188
660
979
425
2,585
5,921
Other liabilities
11,379
8,339
7,565
1,949
1,987
915
1,320
4,282
6,190
43,926
Subordinated notes and debentures
 
197
9,357
9,554
Equity
112,435
112,435
Total liabilities and equity
$
301,340
$
122,109
$
108,821
$
82,776
$
61,415
$
75,585
$
146,332
$
66,341
$
946,173
$
1,910,892
Off-balance sheet commitments
Credit and liquidity commitments
6,7
$
17,680
$
27,179
$
29,707
$
21,266
$
23,986
$
44,606
$
160,936
$
4,958
$
1,845
$
332,163
Other commitments
8
123
152
254
220
302
960
1,564
493
64
4,132
Unconsolidated structured entity commitments
17
123
62
870
501
1,573
Total off-balance sheet commitments
$
17,820
$
27,331
$
30,084
$
21,548
$
25,158
$
46,067
$
162,500
$
5,451
$
1,909
$
337,868
1
Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.
 
2
 
Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.
3
 
Certain non-financial assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.
4
 
As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor,
 
obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.
5
 
Includes $
61
 
billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $
3
 
billion in ‘less than 1 month’, $
3
 
billion in ‘over 1 to 3 months’, $
4
 
billion in ‘over 3 to 6 months’, $
1
 
billion
in ‘over 6 to 9 months’, $
12
 
billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $
34
 
billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $
4
 
billion in ‘over 5 years’.
6
 
Includes $
530
 
million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.
7
 
Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable
 
at the Bank’s discretion at any time.
8
 
Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related
 
payments
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 43
TABLE 44: REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
(continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
October 31, 2023
No
Less than
1 to 3
3 to 6
6 to 9
9 months
Over 1 to
Over 2 to
Over
specific
1 month
months
months
months
to 1 year
2 years
5 years
5 years
maturity
Total
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$
6,721
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,721
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
51,021
559
46,768
98,348
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
4,328
6,329
5,170
3,008
4,569
13,226
27,298
25,677
62,485
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss
354
1,538
199
1,664
828
1,351
1,406
7,340
Derivatives
10,145
10,437
5,246
4,244
3,255
11,724
25,910
16,421
87,382
Financial assets designated at fair value through
profit or loss
374
496
375
695
324
838
1,470
1,246
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income
745
2,190
1,200
5,085
2,223
9,117
15,946
29,845
3,514
69,865
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
for credit losses
1,221
4,020
4,073
16,218
3,480
22,339
116,165
140,502
(2)
308,016
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase
 
agreements
2
124,253
33,110
29,068
7,381
7,298
955
506
1,762
204,333
Loans
Residential mortgages
 
1,603
2,616
5,860
10,575
14,181
57,254
168,475
59,733
44
320,341
Consumer instalment and other personal
894
1,580
2,334
3,830
5,974
27,166
85,487
34,183
56,106
217,554
Credit card
38,660
38,660
Business and government
 
37,656
10,058
13,850
14,886
16,964
42,460
96,952
67,190
26,512
326,528
Total loans
40,153
14,254
22,044
29,291
37,119
126,880
350,914
161,106
121,322
903,083
Allowance for loan losses
(7,136)
(7,136)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
40,153
14,254
22,044
29,291
37,119
126,880
350,914
161,106
114,186
895,947
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
14,804
2,760
5
17,569
Investment in Schwab
8,907
8,907
Goodwill
3
18,602
18,602
Other intangibles
3
2,771
2,771
Land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable
assets, and right-of-use assets
3
8
6
8
14
79
573
3,153
5,593
9,434
Deferred tax assets
4
3,951
3,951
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
30,181
235
30,416
Other assets
4
5,267
1,869
5,619
208
194
137
129
82
14,124
27,629
Total assets
4
$
289,213
$
76,032
$
73,160
$
67,676
$
58,675
$
186,959
$
539,739
$
379,383
$
284,302
$
1,955,139
Liabilities
Trading deposits
$
1,272
$
1,684
$
5,278
$
4,029
$
4,153
$
6,510
$
6,712
$
1,342
$
$
30,980
Derivatives
9,068
9,236
4,560
3,875
2,559
8,345
16,589
17,408
71,640
Securitization liabilities at fair value
2
498
345
1,215
391
1,651
6,945
3,375
14,422
Financial liabilities designated at
 
fair value through profit or loss
 
48,197
30,477
37,961
42,792
32,473
112
118
192,130
Deposits
5,6
Personal
6,044
19,095
22,387
14,164
19,525
17,268
20,328
51
507,734
626,596
Banks
19,608
68
29
4
1
11,515
31,225
Business and government
25,663
16,407
24,487
11,819
9,658
33,723
74,300
19,652
324,660
540,369
Total deposits
51,315
35,570
46,903
25,983
29,183
50,991
94,632
19,704
843,909
1,198,190
Acceptances
14,804
2,760
5
17,569
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
135
1,566
1,336
1,603
1,309
5,471
19,991
11,971
1,279
44,661
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase
 
agreements
2
146,559
10,059
6,607
457
1,142
150
46
1,834
166,854
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
526
355
1,073
703
2,180
4,956
2,917
12,710
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
30,248
624
30,872
Insurance contract liabilities
4
243
305
327
258
253
694
1,131
501
2,134
5,846
Other liabilities
4
11,923
9,808
7,986
1,276
1,198
918
1,979
4,226
8,260
47,574
Subordinated notes and debentures
 
196
9,424
9,620
Equity
4
112,071
112,071
Total liabilities and equity
4
$
313,766
$
102,489
$
111,663
$
82,561
$
73,364
$
77,218
$
152,981
$
70,868
$
970,229
$
1,955,139
Off-balance sheet commitments
Credit and liquidity commitments
7,8
$
22,242
$
24,178
$
26,399
$
21,450
$
22,088
$
47,826
$
166,891
$
5,265
$
1,487
$
337,826
Other commitments
9
109
279
214
197
204
889
1,364
424
73
3,753
Unconsolidated structured entity commitments
836
3
239
95
729
1,902
Total off-balance sheet commitments
$
22,351
$
25,293
$
26,616
$
21,886
$
22,387
$
49,444
$
168,255
$
5,689
$
1,560
$
343,481
1
Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.
 
2
 
Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.
3
 
Certain non-financial assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.
4
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s
 
first quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further
details.
5
 
As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor,
 
obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.
6
 
Includes $
57
 
billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $
6
 
billion in ‘over 3 months to 6 months’, $
3
 
billion in ‘over 6 months to 9 months’, $
1
 
billion in ‘over 9
months to 1 year’, $
12
 
billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $
31
 
billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $
4
 
billion in ‘over 5 years’.
7
 
Includes $
573
 
million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.
8
 
Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable
 
at the Bank’s discretion at any time.
9
 
Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related
 
payments.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 44
REGULATORY AND STANDARD SETTER DEVELOPMENTS CONCERNING ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL (E&S) RISK (INCLUDING
 
CLIMATE)
On March 7, 2023, OSFI issued Final Guideline
 
B-15: Climate Risk Management (Guideline
 
B-15), which sets out OSFI’s expectations
 
related to the management
and disclosure of climate-related risks and
 
opportunities. Guideline B-15 is iterative and
 
is currently organized into interrelated and
 
mutually reinforcing chapters,
Chapter 1 – Governance and Risk Management
 
Expectations and Chapter 2 – Climate-Related
 
Financial Disclosures. Components of
 
Guideline B-15 are initially
effective for D-SIBs for fiscal year-end 2024, where
 
annual
 
disclosures are required to be made publicly
 
available no later than 180 days after
 
fiscal year-end. The
Bank is currently assessing the impact of
 
adopting Guideline B-15.
ISSB – IFRS S1 and IFRS S2
On June 26, 2023, the International Sustainability
 
Standards Board (ISSB) under the IFRS
 
Foundation, issued its first two sustainability
 
standards, IFRS S1,
General Requirements for Disclosures of Sustainability-related
 
Financial Information
 
(S1) and IFRS S2,
Climate-related Disclosures
 
(S2). S1 sets out the
disclosure requirements for financially
 
material information about sustainability-related
 
risks and opportunities to meet investor
 
information needs, and S2
specifically sets the disclosure requirement
 
for climate-related risks and opportunities.
 
The ISSB recommends an effective date for annual
 
reporting periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2024, this is
 
subject to Canadian
 
jurisdiction’s endorsement. Early application
 
is permitted on or before the date of initial
application of IFRS S1 and S2. The International
 
Organization of Securities Commissions has
 
endorsed IFRS S1 and S2 on July 23,
 
2023,
 
and is now calling its
member jurisdictions to consider ways they
 
may adopt or apply the ISSB standards. The
 
Bank is currently assessing the impact of
 
adopting these standards.
SECURITIZATION AND
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Bank enters into securitization and off-balance
 
sheet arrangements in the normal course of
 
operations. The Bank is involved with
 
structured entities (SEs) that
it sponsors, as well as entities sponsored
 
by third parties. Refer to “Securitization and
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”
 
section, Note 9: Transfers of Financial
Assets and Note 10: Structured Entities of
 
the Bank’s 2023 Annual Report for further details.
 
There have been no significant changes
 
to the Bank’s securitization
and off-balance sheet arrangements during the quarter
 
ended January 31, 2024.
Securitization of Third Party-Originated
 
Assets
Significant Unconsolidated Special Purpose
 
Entities
The Bank securitizes third party-originated
 
assets through Bank-sponsored SEs, including
 
its Canadian multi-seller conduits which are
 
not consolidated. These
Canadian multi-seller conduits securitize
 
Canadian originated third-party assets.
 
The Bank administers these multi-seller
 
conduits and provides liquidity facilities
 
as
well as securities distribution services; it
 
may also provide credit enhancements.
 
TD’s total potential exposure to loss through the
 
provision of liquidity facilities for
multi-seller conduits was $15.7 billion as
 
at January 31, 2024
 
(October 31, 2023 – $15.2 billion). As at
 
January 31, 2024, the Bank had funded exposure
 
of
$14.1 billion under such liquidity facilities relating
 
to outstanding issuances of asset-backed
 
commercial paper (October 31, 2023
 
– $13.3 billion).
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The Bank’s
 
unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements have been prepared in accordance
 
with IFRS. For details of the Bank’s
 
accounting policies under
IFRS, refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter
 
2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
For details
of the Bank’s significant accounting judgments,
 
estimates, and assumptions under IFRS,
 
refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s first quarter
 
2024 Interim Consolidated
Financial Statements and the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
The following new standard has been adopted
 
by the Bank on November 1, 2023.
Insurance Contracts
The IASB issued IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 17) which replaced the guidance
 
in IFRS 4,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 4) and became effective for annual
reporting periods beginning on or after
 
January 1, 2023, which was November 1, 2023
 
for the Bank. IFRS 17 establishes principles
 
for recognition, measurement,
presentation and disclosure of insurance
 
contracts.
Under IFRS 17, insurance contracts are
 
aggregated into groups which are measured
 
at the risk-adjusted present value of
 
cash flows in fulfilling the contracts.
Revenue is recognized as insurance services
 
are provided over the coverage period.
 
Losses are recognized immediately if
 
the contract group is expected to be
onerous. The liabilities presented by insurance
 
groups are
 
comprised of the liability for remaining
 
coverage (LRC) and the liability for incurred
 
claims (LIC) and are
reported as Insurance contract liabilities
 
on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
The LRC is the obligation to investigate
 
and pay claims that have not yet
occurred and includes the loss component related
 
to onerous contract groups.
 
The LIC is the estimate of claims incurred, including
 
claims that have occurred but
have not been reported, and related insurance
 
costs.
 
IFRS 17 introduces two measurement models
 
that are applicable to the Bank, the premium
 
allocation approach model (PAA) and the general measurement
 
model
(GMM). The Bank measures the majority of
 
its insurance contract groups using
 
the PAA,
 
which includes property and casualty contracts
 
as well as short-term life
and health contracts. The PAA is a simplified model applied to insurance
 
contracts that are either one year or less
 
or where the PAA approximates the GMM.
Contracts using the GMM are longer-term life
 
and health contracts. The LRC for insurance
 
contract groups using the PAA is measured as unearned premiums
 
less
deferred acquisition cash flows allocated
 
to the group. The LRC is adjusted for the
 
recognition of insurance revenue and amortization
 
of acquisition cash flows
reported in insurance service expenses
 
on a straight-line basis over the contractual
 
terms of the underlying insurance contracts,
 
usually twelve months. The LRC
for longer term contracts using the GMM
 
model is measured using estimates and
 
assumptions that reflect the timing
 
and uncertainty of insurance cash flows.
When a group of contracts is expected
 
to be onerous, a loss
 
component (expected loss related to fulfilling
 
the related insurance contracts) is established
 
which
increases the LRC and insurance service expenses.
 
The loss component of the LRC is
 
subsequently recognized in income over
 
the contractual term of the
underlying insurance contracts to offset claims
 
incurred and related expenses.
The Bank measures the LIC at the present
 
value of current estimates of claims and related
 
costs for insurable events occurring at or
 
before the Interim
Consolidated Balance Sheet date. The LIC
 
includes a risk adjustment, which represents
 
the compensation the Bank requires for bearing
 
the uncertainty related to
non-financial risks
 
in its fulfilment of insurance contracts.
 
Expenses related to claims incurred
 
and related costs are reported in insurance
 
service expenses and
changes related to discounting the liability are
 
recorded as insurance finance income
 
or expenses in other income (loss). Prior
 
to the adoption of IFRS 17, these
expenses were recorded in insurance
 
claims and related expenses and non-interest
 
expenses.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 45
Reinsurance contracts held are recognized
 
and measured using the same principles
 
as insurance contracts issued. Reinsurance
 
contract assets are presented in
Other assets in the Interim Consolidated Balance
 
Sheet and the net results from reinsurance
 
contracts held are presented in Other income
 
(loss) in the Interim
Consolidated Statement of Income. Refer to
 
Note 13 of the Bank’s first quarter 2024 Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements for further details on the results
 
of
insurance and reinsurance contracts.
The Bank initially applied IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023 and restated the comparative
 
period. The Bank transitioned by primarily
 
applying the full retrospective
approach which resulted in the measurement
 
of insurance contracts as if IFRS 17
 
had always applied to them. The following
 
table sets out adjustments to the
Bank’s insurance-related balances reported under
 
IFRS 4 as at October 31, 2022 used to derive
 
the insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance
 
contract assets
recognized by the Bank as at November
 
1, 2022 under IFRS 17.
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Amount
Insurance-related liabilities
$
7,468
Other liabilities
131
Other assets
(2,361)
Net insurance-related balances as at October
 
31, 2022
$
5,238
Changes in actuarial assumptions, including
 
risk adjustment and discount factor
 
(192)
Recognition of losses on onerous contracts
113
Other adjustments
(93)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
Insurance contract liabilities
$
5,761
Reinsurance contract assets
(695)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
On November 1, 2022, IFRS 17 transition
 
adjustments resulted in a decrease to the
 
Bank’s deferred tax assets of $60 million and
 
an after-tax increase to retained
earnings of $112 million.
 
Upon the initial application of IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023, the Bank applied transitional
 
guidance and reclassified certain securities
 
supporting insurance
operations to minimize accounting mismatches
 
arising from the application of the new discount
 
factor under IFRS 17. The transitional guidance
 
for such securities
is applicable for entities that previously used
 
IFRS 9,
Financial Instruments
 
and was applied without a restatement
 
of comparatives. The reclassification resulted
 
in
a decrease to retained earnings and an increase
 
in accumulated other comprehensive income
 
of $10 million.
 
ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES,
 
AND ASSUMPTIONS
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies
 
are essential to understanding its results
 
of operations and financial condition. Some
 
of the Bank’s policies
require subjective, complex judgments and
 
estimates as they relate to matters
 
that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments
 
or estimates and
changes to accounting standards and policies
 
could have a materially adverse impact
 
on the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial
 
Statements. The Bank has
established procedures to ensure that accounting
 
policies are applied consistently and that
 
the processes for changing methodologies,
 
determining estimates, and
adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled
 
and occur in an appropriate and systematic
 
manner.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The ECL model requires the application of estimates
 
and judgment in the assessment of the
 
current and forward-looking economic
 
environment. There remains
elevated economic uncertainty, and management continues to exercise
 
expert credit judgment in assessing if
 
an exposure has experienced significant increase
 
in
credit risk since initial recognition and in determining
 
the amount of ECLs at each reporting date.
 
To the extent that certain effects are not fully incorporated into the
model calculations, temporary quantitative and
 
qualitative adjustments have been applied.
Insurance Contracts
The assumptions used in establishing the Bank’s
 
insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities
 
are based on best estimates of possible outcomes.
 
For property and casualty insurance
 
contracts,
 
the ultimate cost of LIC is estimated using
 
a range of standard actuarial claims projection
 
techniques in
accordance with Canadian accepted actuarial
 
practices. Additional qualitative judgment
 
is used to assess the extent to which past
 
trends may or may not apply in
the future, in order to arrive at the estimated
 
ultimate claims cost amounts that present
 
the most likely outcome taking into account
 
all the uncertainties involved.
 
For life and health insurance contracts,
 
actuarial liabilities consider all future policy
 
cash flows, including premiums, claims,
 
and expenses required to administer
the policies. Critical assumptions used in
 
the measurement of life and health insurance
 
contract liabilities are determined by the appointed
 
actuary.
Further information on insurance risk assumptions
 
is provided in Note 13 of the Bank’s first quarter
 
2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
There were no new or amended material accounting
 
policies that have been issued, but are not
 
yet effective on the date of issuance of the
 
Bank’s Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements.
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL
 
REPORTING
 
During the most recent interim period, there
 
have been no changes in the Bank’s policies and
 
procedures and other processes that
 
comprise its internal control
over financial reporting, that have materially affected,
 
or are reasonably likely to materially
 
affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial
 
reporting. Refer to
Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s first quarter
 
2024 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further information regarding the Bank’s changes
 
to accounting
policies, procedures, and estimates.
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 46
GLOSSARY
Financial and Banking Terms
Adjusted Results:
 
Non-GAAP financial measures
 
used to assess each of the
Bank’s businesses and to measure the Bank’s overall
 
performance. To arrive at
adjusted results, the Bank adjusts for “items
 
of note”, from reported results. The
items of note relate to items which management
 
does not believe are indicative
of underlying business performance.
Allowance for Credit Losses:
 
Represent expected credit losses (ECLs)
 
on
financial assets, including any off-balance sheet
 
exposures, at
 
the balance sheet date. Allowance for credit
 
losses consists of Stage 3
allowance for impaired financial assets and
 
Stage 2 and Stage 1 allowance for
performing financial assets and off-balance sheet instruments.
 
The allowance is
increased by the provision for credit losses,
 
decreased by write-offs net of
recoveries and disposals,
 
and impacted by foreign exchange.
Amortized Cost:
 
The amount at which a financial asset or
 
financial liability is
measured at initial recognition minus principal
 
repayments, plus or minus the
cumulative amortization, using EIRM, of any
 
differences between the initial
amount and the maturity amount, and
 
minus any reduction for impairment.
 
Assets under Administration (AUA):
 
Assets that are beneficially owned by
customers where the Bank provides services
 
of an administrative nature, such
as the collection of investment income and
 
the placing of trades on behalf of the
clients (where the client has made his or
 
her own investment selection). The
majority of these assets are not reported on
 
the Bank’s Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
Assets under Management (AUM):
 
Assets that are beneficially owned by
customers, managed by the Bank, where
 
the Bank has discretion to make
investment selections on behalf of the
 
client (in accordance with an investment
policy). In addition to the TD family of mutual
 
funds, the Bank manages assets
on behalf of individuals, pension funds, corporations,
 
institutions, endowments
and foundations. These assets are not reported
 
on the Bank’s Consolidated
Balance Sheet. Some assets under management
 
that are also administered by
the Bank are included in assets under administration.
Asset-Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP):
 
A form of commercial paper that is
collateralized by other financial assets.
 
Institutional investors usually purchase
such instruments in order to diversify their assets
 
and generate short-term
gains.
Asset-Backed Securities (ABS):
 
A security whose value and income
payments are derived from and collateralized
 
(or “backed”) by a specified pool
of underlying assets.
Average Common Equity:
Average common equity for the business
 
segments
reflects the average allocated capital. The
 
Bank’s methodology for allocating
capital to its business segments is largely aligned
 
with the common equity
capital requirements under Basel III.
Average Interest-Earning Assets:
 
A non-GAAP financial measure that depicts
the Bank’s financial position, and is calculated
 
as the average carrying value of
deposits with banks, loans and securities based
 
on daily balances for the period
ending October 31 in each fiscal year.
Basic Earnings per Share (EPS)
: A performance measure calculated by
dividing net income attributable to common
 
shareholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding
 
for the period. Adjusted basic
EPS is calculated in the same manner using
 
adjusted net income.
Basis Points
 
(bps):
 
A unit equal to 1/100 of 1%. Thus, a 1%
 
change is equal to
100 basis points.
 
 
Book Value per Share:
 
A measure calculated by dividing common
shareholders’
 
equity by number of common shares at
 
the end of the period.
 
Carrying Value:
 
The value at which an asset or liability
 
is carried at on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO):
 
They are collateralized debt
obligations consisting of mortgage-backed
 
securities that are separated and
issued as different classes of mortgage pass-through
 
securities with different
terms, interest rates, and risks. CMOs by private
 
issuers are collectively
referred to as non-agency CMOs.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital:
This is a primary Basel III capital
measure comprised mainly of common equity, retained earnings and
 
qualifying
non-controlling interest in subsidiaries. Regulatory
 
deductions made to arrive
at the CET1 Capital include goodwill
 
and intangibles, unconsolidated
investments in banking, financial, and insurance
 
entities, deferred tax assets,
defined benefit pension fund assets, and
 
shortfalls in allowances.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital Ratio:
CET1 Capital ratio represents
the predominant measure of capital adequacy
 
under Basel III
and equals CET1 Capital divided by RWA.
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR):
 
A measure of growth over multiple
time periods from the initial investment
 
value to the ending investment value
assuming that the investment has been
 
compounding over the time period.
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA):
CVA represents a capital charge that
measures credit risk due to default of derivative
 
counterparties. This charge
requires banks to capitalize for the potential
 
changes in counterparty credit
spread for the derivative portfolios.
Diluted EPS
: A performance measure calculated by
 
dividing net income
attributable to common shareholders by the
 
weighted average number of
common shares outstanding adjusting for the
 
effect of all potentially dilutive
common shares. Adjusted diluted EPS is
 
calculated in the same manner using
adjusted net income.
Dividend Payout Ratio
: A ratio represents the percentage of
 
Bank’s earnings
being paid to common shareholders in
 
the form of dividends and is calculated
by dividing common dividends by net income
 
available to common
shareholders. Adjusted dividend payout ratio
 
is calculated in the same manner
using adjusted net income.
Dividend Yield:
 
A ratio calculated as the dividend per
 
common share for the
year divided by the daily average closing
 
stock price during the year.
Effective Income Tax Rate:
A rate and performance indicator calculated
 
by
dividing the provision for income taxes as a percentage
 
of net income before
taxes. Adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated
 
in the same manner
using adjusted results.
Effective Interest Rate (EIR):
 
The rate that discounts expected future cash
flows for the expected life of the financial instrument
 
to its carrying value. The
calculation takes into account the contractual
 
interest rate, along with any fees
or incremental costs that are directly attributable
 
to the instrument and all other
premiums or discounts.
Effective Interest Rate Method (EIRM):
 
A technique for calculating the actual
interest rate in a period based on the amount
 
of a financial instrument’s book
value at the beginning
 
of the accounting period. Under EIRM,
 
the effective
interest rate, which is a key component of
 
the calculation, discounts the
expected future cash inflows and outflows expected
 
over the life of a financial
instrument.
 
Efficiency Ratio:
 
The efficiency ratio measures operating efficiency and
 
is
calculated by taking the non-interest expenses
 
as a percentage of total
revenue. A lower ratio indicates a more efficient
 
business operation. Adjusted
efficiency ratio, net of insurance service expenses
 
(ISE) is calculated by
dividing adjusted non-interest expenses
 
by adjusted total revenue, net of ISE.
Management
 
believes presenting efficiency ratio net of ISE is aligned
 
with
industry reporting and allows for better assessment
 
of operating results.
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 47
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF):
Established by the Financial
Stability Board in May 2012, comprised of
 
banks, analysts, investors, and
auditors, with the goal of enhancing the risk
 
disclosures of banks and other
financial institutions.
Expected Credit Losses (ECLs):
ECLs are the probability-weighted present
value of expected cash shortfalls over
 
the remaining expected life of the
financial instrument and considers reasonable
 
and supportable information
about past events, current conditions, and forecasts
 
of future events and
economic conditions that impact the Bank’s
 
credit risk assessment.
Fair Value:
 
The price that would be received to sell an
 
asset or paid to transfer
a liability in an orderly transaction between
 
market participants at the
measurement
 
date, under current market conditions.
Fair value through other comprehensive
 
income (FVOCI):
Under IFRS 9, if
the asset passes the contractual cash
 
flows test (named SPPI), the business
model assessment determines how the instrument
 
is classified. If the instrument
is being held to collect contractual cash flows,
 
that is, if it is not expected to be
sold, it is measured as amortized cost. If the
 
business model for the instrument
is to both collect contractual cash flows and
 
potentially sell the asset, it is
measured at FVOCI.
Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL):
Under IFRS 9, the classification is
dependent on two tests, a contractual
 
cash flow test (named SPPI) and a
business model assessment. Unless the
 
asset meets the requirements of both
tests, it is measured at fair value with all
 
changes in fair value reported in profit
or loss.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
(FDIC):
A U.S. government
corporation which provides deposit insurance
 
guaranteeing the safety of a
depositor’s accounts in member banks.
 
The FDIC also examines and
supervises certain financial institutions for
 
safety and soundness, performs
certain consumer-protection functions, and
 
manages banks in receivership
(failed banks).
Forward Contracts:
 
Over-the-counter contracts between two parties
 
that oblige
one party to the contract to buy and the other
 
party to sell an asset for a fixed
price at a future date.
Futures:
 
Exchange-traded contracts to buy or
 
sell a security at a predetermined
price on a specified future date.
Hedging:
 
A risk management technique intended
 
to mitigate the Bank’s
exposure to fluctuations in interest rates,
 
foreign currency exchange rates, or
other market factors. The elimination or
 
reduction of such exposure is
accomplished by engaging in capital markets
 
activities to establish offsetting
positions.
Impaired Loans:
 
Loans where, in management’s opinion,
 
there has been a
deterioration of credit quality to the extent
 
that the Bank no longer has
reasonable assurance as to the timely collection
 
of the full amount of principal
and interest.
Loss Given Default (LGD):
 
It is the amount of the loss the Bank
 
would likely
incur when a borrower defaults on a loan,
 
which is expressed as a percentage
of exposure at default.
Mark-to-Market (MTM):
 
A valuation that reflects current market rates
 
as at the
balance sheet date for financial instruments
 
that are carried at fair value.
Master Netting Agreements:
 
Legal agreements between two parties
 
that have
multiple derivative contracts with each other
 
that provide for the net settlement
of all contracts through a single payment, in
 
a single currency, in the event of
default or termination of any one contract.
Net Corporate Expenses:
Non-interest expenses related to corporate
 
service
and control groups which are not allocated to a
 
business segment.
 
Swaps:
 
Contracts that involve the exchange of fixed
 
and floating interest rate
payment obligations and currencies on a notional
 
principal for a specified period
Net Interest Margin:
 
A non-GAAP ratio calculated as net interest
 
income as a
percentage of average interest-earning assets
 
to measure performance. This
metric is an indicator of the profitability of
 
the Bank’s earning assets less the
cost of funding. Adjusted net interest
 
margin is calculated in the same manner
using adjusted net interest income.
Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC):
Instruments (preferred shares and
subordinated debt) that contain a feature or
 
a provision that allows the financial
institution to either permanently convert these
 
instruments into common shares
or fully write-down the instrument, in the event
 
that the institution is no longer
viable.
Notional:
 
A reference amount on which payments
 
for derivative financial
instruments are based.
Office of the Superintendent of Financial
 
Institutions Canada (OSFI):
The
regulator of Canadian federally chartered
 
financial institutions and federally
administered pension plans.
Options:
 
Contracts in which the writer of the option grants
 
the buyer the future
right, but not the obligation, to buy or to sell a
 
security, exchange rate, interest
rate, or other financial instrument or commodity
 
at a predetermined price at or
by a specified future date.
Price-Earnings Ratio
:
A
ratio calculated by dividing the closing
 
share price by
EPS based on a trailing four quarters to indicate
 
market performance. Adjusted
price-earnings ratio is calculated in the
 
same manner using adjusted EPS.
 
Probability of Default (PD):
 
It is the likelihood that a borrower will not
 
be able
to meet its scheduled repayments.
Provision for Credit Losses (PCL):
 
Amount added to the allowance for credit
losses to bring it to a level that management
 
considers adequate to reflect
expected credit-related losses on its
 
portfolio.
Return on Common Equity (ROE):
 
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated
as net income available to common shareholders
 
as a percentage of average
common shareholders’
 
equity,
 
utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
ROE for the business segments is calculated
 
as the segment net income
attributable to common shareholders as a percentage
 
of average allocated
capital. Adjusted ROE is calculated in
 
the same manner using adjusted net
income.
 
Return on Risk-weighted Assets:
Net income available to common
shareholders as a percentage of average risk-weighted
 
assets.
Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE):
 
A non-GAAP financial
measure calculated as reported net income
 
available to common shareholders
after adjusting for the after-tax amortization
 
of acquired intangibles,
 
which are
treated as an item of note, as a percentage of average
 
Tangible common
equity. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated in the same manner using
 
adjusted net
income.
 
Both measures can be utilized in assessing
 
the Bank’s use of equity.
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA):
Assets calculated by applying a regulatory
risk-weight factor to on and off-balance sheet
 
exposures. The risk-weight
factors are established by the OSFI to
 
convert on and off-balance sheet
exposures to a comparable risk level.
Securitization:
 
The process by which financial assets,
 
mainly loans, are
transferred to structures,
 
which normally issue a series of asset-backed
securities to investors to fund the purchase
 
of loans.
Solely Payments of Principal and Interest
 
(SPPI):
 
IFRS 9 requires that the
following criteria be met in order for a financial
 
instrument to be classified at
amortized cost:
 
The entity’s business model relates to managing
 
financial assets (such as
bank trading activity), and, as such, an asset
 
is held with the intention of
collecting its contractual cash flows;
 
and
 
An asset’s contractual cash flows represent SPPI.
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 48
of time.
Tangible common equity (TCE):
 
A non-GAAP financial measure calculated
 
as
common shareholders’ equity less goodwill,
 
imputed goodwill, and intangibles
on an investment in Schwab and TD
 
Ameritrade and other acquired intangible
assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities.
 
It can be utilized in assessing the
Bank’s use of equity.
Taxable Equivalent Basis (TEB):
 
A calculation method (not defined in GAAP)
that increases revenues and the provision
 
for income taxes on certain tax-
exempt securities to an equivalent before-tax
 
basis to facilitate comparison of
net interest income from both taxable and
 
tax-exempt sources.
Tier 1 Capital Ratio:
 
Tier 1 Capital represents the more permanent
 
forms of
capital, consisting primarily of common
 
shareholders’
 
equity, retained earnings,
preferred shares and innovative instruments.
 
Tier 1 Capital ratio is calculated as
Tier 1 Capital divided by RWA.
Total Capital Ratio:
 
Total Capital is defined as the total of net Tier 1 and Tier 2
Capital. Total Capital ratio is calculated as Total Capital divided by RWA.
Total Shareholder Return (TSR):
 
The total return earned on an investment
 
in
TD’s common shares. The return measures the
 
change in shareholder value,
assuming dividends paid are reinvested in
 
additional shares.
Trading-Related Revenue:
 
A non-GAAP financial measure that is
 
the total of
trading income (loss), net interest income
 
on trading positions, and income
 
from
financial instruments designated at FVTPL
 
that are managed within a trading
portfolio. Trading-related revenue (TEB) in the Wholesale
 
Banking segment is
also a non-GAAP financial measure and is
 
calculated in the same manner,
including TEB adjustments. Both are used
 
for measuring trading performance.
Value-at-Risk (VaR):
 
A metric used to monitor and control overall
 
risk levels
and to calculate the regulatory capital required
 
for market risk in trading
activities. VaR measures the adverse impact that potential changes
 
in market
rates and prices could have on the value
 
of a portfolio over a specified period of
time.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 49
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
 
SHEET
(unaudited)
(As at and in millions of Canadian dollars)
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
$
6,333
$
6,721
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
75,048
98,348
81,381
105,069
Trading loans, securities, and other
 
(Note 4)
161,520
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or
 
loss
 
(Note 4)
6,985
7,340
Derivatives
 
(Note 4)
60,574
87,382
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or
 
loss
 
(Note 4)
5,970
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
(Note 4)
74,730
69,865
309,779
322,495
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for
 
credit losses (Notes 4, 5)
300,071
308,016
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
 
199,079
204,333
Loans (Notes 4, 6)
Residential mortgages
321,670
320,341
Consumer instalment and other personal
217,397
217,554
Credit card
38,635
38,660
Business and government
333,899
326,528
911,601
903,083
Allowance for loan losses
 
(Note 6)
(7,265)
(7,136)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
904,336
895,947
Other
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
(Note 6)
13,066
17,569
Investment in Schwab
 
(Note 7)
9,548
8,907
Goodwill
18,098
18,602
Other intangibles
2,799
2,771
Land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable assets and
 
right-of-use assets
9,524
9,434
Deferred tax assets
1
3,928
3,951
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
34,770
30,416
Other assets
1
 
(Note 9)
24,513
27,629
116,246
119,279
Total assets
1
$
1,910,892
$
1,955,139
LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
 
(Notes 4, 10)
$
30,634
$
30,980
Derivatives
 
(Note 4)
54,073
71,640
Securitization liabilities at fair value
 
(Note 4)
16,543
14,422
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
 
(Notes 4, 10)
180,112
192,130
281,362
309,172
Deposits (Notes 4, 10)
Personal
 
622,840
 
626,596
Banks
25,943
31,225
Business and government
532,471
540,369
1,181,254
1,198,190
Other
Acceptances
 
(Note 6)
13,066
17,569
Obligations related to securities sold short
 
(Note 4)
42,875
44,661
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
174,129
166,854
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
 
(Note 4)
12,358
12,710
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
34,012
30,872
Insurance contract liabilities
1
 
(Note 13)
5,921
5,846
Other liabilities
1
 
(Note 11)
43,926
47,574
326,287
326,086
Subordinated notes and debentures (Note 4)
9,554
9,620
Total liabilities
1
1,798,457
1,843,068
EQUITY
Shareholders’ Equity
Common shares
 
(Note 12)
25,318
25,434
Preferred shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
10,853
10,853
Treasury – common shares
 
(Note 12)
(58)
(64)
Treasury – preferred shares and other
 
equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
(27)
(65)
Contributed surplus
172
155
Retained earnings
1
72,347
73,008
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
3,830
2,750
Total equity
1
112,435
112,071
Total liabilities and equity
1
$
1,910,892
$
1,955,139
1
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
(IFRS 17). Refer to Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 50
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
 
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
Interest income
1
 
(Note 20)
Loans
 
$
12,995
$
9,998
 
Reverse repurchase agreements
2,938
1,781
Securities
Interest
5,276
4,339
Dividends
548
512
Deposits with banks
1,056
1,426
22,813
18,056
Interest expense (Note 20)
Deposits
11,484
7,795
Securitization liabilities
257
222
Subordinated notes and debentures
94
111
Repurchase agreements and short sales
3,205
2,008
Other
285
187
15,325
10,323
Net interest income
7,488
7,733
Non-interest income
Investment and securities services
1,745
1,405
Credit fees
569
428
Trading income (loss)
925
678
Service charges
2
654
628
Card services
762
769
Insurance revenue
2
1,676
1,542
Other income (loss)
2
(105)
(982)
6,226
4,468
Total revenue
2
13,714
12,201
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
(Note 6)
1,001
690
Insurance service expenses
2
1,366
1,164
Non-interest expenses
Salaries and employee benefits
4,314
3,758
Occupancy, including depreciation
468
433
Technology and equipment, including depreciation
638
522
Amortization of other intangibles
 
185
142
Communication and marketing
325
313
Restructuring charges
 
(Note 18)
291
Brokerage-related and sub-advisory fees
130
92
Professional, advisory and outside services
565
568
Other
2
1,114
2,284
8,030
8,112
Income before income taxes and share
 
of net income from investment
 
in Schwab
2
3,317
2,235
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
2
634
939
Share of net income from investment
 
in Schwab (Note 7)
141
285
Net income
2
2,824
1,581
Preferred dividends and distributions
 
on other equity instruments
74
83
Net income available to common shareholders
2
$
2,750
$
1,498
Earnings per share
 
(Canadian dollars)
 
(Note 17)
Basic
2
$
1.55
$
0.82
Diluted
2
1.55
0.82
Dividends per common share
 
(Canadian dollars)
1.02
0.96
1
 
Includes $
20,499
 
million and $
16,248
 
million, for the three months ended January 31, 2024 and January 31, 2023, respectively,
 
which have been calculated based on the effective
interest rate method (EIRM).
2
 
Amounts for the three months ended January 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to
 
Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 51
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
Net income
1
$
2,824
$
1,581
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Items that will be subsequently reclassified
 
to net income
Net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on
 
financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive income
 
Change in unrealized gain/(loss)
339
244
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
(6)
1
Changes in allowance for credit losses recognized
 
in earnings
(1)
(1)
Income taxes relating to:
Change in unrealized gain/(loss)
(85)
(73)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
3
250
171
Net change in unrealized foreign currency
 
translation gain/(loss) on
investments in foreign operations, net
 
of hedging activities
Unrealized gain/(loss)
(3,883)
(2,365)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
(2)
Net gain/(loss) on hedges
2,432
842
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
 
on hedges
2
Income taxes relating to:
Net gain/(loss) on hedges
(676)
(517)
Reclassification to earnings of net loss/(gain)
 
on hedges
(2,127)
(2,040)
Net change in gain/(loss) on derivatives
 
designated as cash flow hedges
 
Change in gain/(loss)
275
2,039
Reclassification to earnings of loss/(gain)
2,440
6
Income taxes relating to:
Change in gain/(loss)
(89)
(353)
Reclassification to earnings of loss/(gain)
(658)
33
1,968
1,725
Share of other comprehensive income (loss)
 
from investment in Schwab
882
247
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified
 
to net income
 
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on employee
 
benefit plans
Gain/(loss)
(227)
96
Income taxes
63
(44)
(164)
52
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss)
 
on equity securities designated at
 
fair value through other comprehensive income
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss)
200
13
Income taxes
(54)
(4)
146
9
Gain/(loss) from changes in fair value due
 
to own credit risk on
financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
through profit or loss
Gain/(loss)
(54)
(243)
Income taxes
15
66
(39)
(177)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
916
(13)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
1
$
3,740
$
1,568
Attributable to:
Common shareholders
1
$
3,666
$
1,485
Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument
 
holders
1
 
74
83
1
 
Amounts for the three months ended January 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to
 
Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 52
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Common shares (Note 12)
Balance at beginning of period
$
25,434
$
24,363
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options
42
26
Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan
137
705
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
(295)
Balance at end of period
25,318
25,094
Preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 12)
 
 
Balance at beginning and end of period
10,853
11,253
Treasury – common shares (Note 12)
 
Balance at beginning of period
(64)
(91)
Purchase of shares
(3,096)
(1,816)
Sale of shares
3,102
1,804
Balance at end of period
(58)
(103)
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 12)
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(65)
(7)
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
(98)
(141)
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
136
139
Balance at end of period
(27)
(9)
Contributed surplus
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
155
179
Net premium (discount) on sale of treasury instruments
13
3
Issuance of stock options, net of options exercised
 
5
10
Other
(1)
(7)
Balance at end of period
172
185
Retained earnings
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
1
73,008
73,698
Impact on adoption of IFRS 17
2
112
Impact of reclassification of securities supporting insurance operations
related to the adoption of IFRS 17
2
(10)
Net income attributable to equity instrument holders
1
2,824
1,581
Common dividends
(1,807)
(1,746)
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
(74)
(83)
Net premium on repurchase of common shares and redemption of preferred shares and other
equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
(1,428)
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on employee benefit plans
(164)
52
Realized gain/(loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through
other comprehensive income
(2)
(2)
Balance at end of period
1
72,347
73,612
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(413)
(476)
Impact of reclassification of securities supporting insurance operations
related to the adoption of IFRS 17
2
10
Other comprehensive income (loss)
241
172
Allowance for credit losses
(1)
(1)
Balance at end of period
 
(163)
(305)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through
 
 
other comprehensive income:
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(127)
23
Other comprehensive income (loss)
144
7
Reclassification of loss/(gain) to retained earnings
2
2
Balance at end of period
 
19
32
Gain/(loss) from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities
 
 
designated at fair value through profit or loss:
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(38)
78
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(39)
(177)
Balance at end of period
 
(77)
(99)
Net unrealized foreign currency translation gain/(loss) on investments in foreign
 
 
 
operations, net of hedging activities:
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
12,677
12,048
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(2,127)
(2,040)
Balance at end of period
 
10,550
10,008
Net gain/(loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
(5,472)
(5,717)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
1,968
1,725
Balance at end of period
 
(3,504)
(3,992)
Share of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from investment in Schwab
(2,995)
(3,721)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
3,830
1,923
Total equity
1
$
112,435
$
111,955
1
 
Amounts have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17 as at and for the three months ended January 31, 2023
 
and as at October 31, 2023. Refer to Note 2 for details.
2
 
Refer to Note 2 for details on the adoption of IFRS 17.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 53
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
 
OF CASH FLOWS
 
(unaudited)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities
Net income
1
$
2,824
$
1,581
Adjustments to determine net cash flows from (used in) operating
 
activities
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
 
(Note 6)
1,001
690
Depreciation
314
289
Amortization of other intangibles
185
142
Net securities loss/(gain)
 
(Note 5)
(6)
1
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
 
(Note 7)
(141)
(285)
Deferred taxes
1
(67)
(58)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Interest receivable and payable
 
(Notes 9, 11)
164
28
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
7,275
12,509
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
5,254
(10,198)
Securities sold short
(1,786)
1,206
Trading loans, securities, and other
(9,430)
(10,351)
Loans net of securitization and sales
(9,413)
(6,263)
Deposits
(17,282)
(8,255)
Derivatives
9,241
5,564
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or
 
loss
355
839
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through
 
profit or loss
(12,170)
22,887
Securitization liabilities
1,769
(931)
Current taxes
1,568
1,662
Brokers, dealers, and clients amounts receivable and
 
payable
(1,214)
(8,920)
Other, including unrealized foreign currency
 
translation loss/(gain)
1
1,447
2,921
Net cash from (used in) operating activities
(20,112)
5,058
Cash flows from (used in) financing activities
Redemption or repurchase of subordinated notes and
 
debentures
(24)
53
Common shares issued, net
37
24
Repurchase of common shares
 
(Note 12)
(1,723)
Sale of treasury shares and other equity instruments
3,251
1,946
Purchase of treasury shares and other equity instruments
 
(Note 12)
(3,194)
(1,957)
Dividends paid on shares and distributions paid on other equity
 
instruments
(1,744)
(1,124)
Repayment of lease liabilities
(167)
(156)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
(3,564)
(1,214)
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
21,136
(7,024)
Activities in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
 
income
Purchases
(7,301)
(7,585)
Proceeds from maturities
3,308
5,473
Proceeds from sales
738
595
Activities in debt securities at amortized cost
Purchases
(3,238)
(10,407)
Proceeds from maturities
8,707
14,041
Proceeds from sales
498
9
Net purchases of land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable
 
assets, and other intangibles
(471)
(403)
Net cash acquired from divestitures
70
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
23,447
(5,301)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and
 
due from banks
(159)
(111)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
(388)
(1,568)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
6,721
8,556
Cash and due from banks at end of period
$
6,333
$
6,988
Supplementary disclosure of cash flows from operating
 
activities
Amount of income taxes paid (refunded) during the period
$
582
$
490
Amount of interest paid during the period
 
15,178
 
9,613
Amount of interest received during the period
22,282
16,862
Amount of dividends received during the period
676
529
1
 
Amounts for the three months ended January 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to
 
Note 2 for details.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 54
NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION
The Toronto-Dominion Bank is a bank chartered under the
Bank Act (Canada)
. The shareholders of a bank are not, as
 
shareholders, liable for any liability, act, or
default of the bank except as otherwise provided
 
under the
Bank Act (Canada)
. The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known
 
as
TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). The Bank
 
was formed through the amalgamation on
 
February 1, 1955,
 
of The Bank of Toronto (chartered in 1855) and The
Dominion Bank (chartered in 1869). The Bank
 
is incorporated and domiciled in Canada
 
with its registered and principal business
 
offices located at 66 Wellington
Street West, Toronto, Ontario. TD serves customers in four business segments operating in a
 
number of locations in key financial centres
 
around the globe:
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking, U.S. Retail, Wealth Management and
 
Insurance, and Wholesale Banking.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
The accompanying Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and accounting principles
 
followed by the Bank have been prepared in
 
accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards
 
(IFRS), as issued by the International
 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including
 
the accounting requirements of
the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions
 
Canada (OSFI).
 
The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
are presented in Canadian dollars, unless
otherwise indicated.
These Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
were prepared on a condensed basis in accordance
 
with International Accounting Standard 34,
Interim
Financial Reporting
 
using the accounting policies as described
 
in Note 2 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and in Note 2 of this report.
Certain comparative amounts have
 
been revised to conform with the presentation
 
adopted in the current period.
The preparation of the Interim Consolidated
 
Financial Statements requires that management
 
make judgments, estimates, and assumptions
 
regarding the
reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue
 
and expenses, and disclosure of contingent
 
assets and liabilities, as further described
 
in Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and in Note 3 of this report. Accordingly, actual results may differ from estimated
 
amounts as future confirming events
occur.
 
The Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
have been prepared using uniform accounting
 
policies for like transactions and events in
 
similar
circumstances. All intercompany transactions,
 
balances,
 
and unrealized gains and losses on
 
transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for the three months ended January 31, 2024,
 
were approved and authorized for issue by
 
the Bank’s Board of
Directors, in accordance with a recommendation
 
of the Audit Committee, on February
 
28, 2024.
As the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
 
do not include all of the disclosures normally
 
provided in the Annual Consolidated Financial
 
Statements, they
should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
and the accompanying Notes, and
 
the shaded sections of the 2023
Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A).
 
The risk management policies and procedures
 
of the Bank are provided in the MD&A.
 
The shaded sections of
the “Managing Risk” section of the MD&A in
 
this report,
 
relating to market, liquidity, and insurance risks, are an integral
 
part of these Interim Consolidated Financial
Statements, as permitted by IFRS.
 
NOTE 2: CURRENT AND FUTURE
 
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
The following new standard has been adopted
 
by the Bank on November 1, 2023.
Insurance Contracts
The IASB issued IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 17) which replaced the guidance
 
in IFRS 4,
Insurance Contracts
 
(IFRS 4) and became effective for annual
reporting periods beginning on or after January
 
1, 2023, which was November 1, 2023 for
 
the Bank. IFRS 17 establishes principles
 
for recognition, measurement,
presentation and disclosure of insurance
 
contracts.
Under IFRS 17, insurance contracts are
 
aggregated into groups which are measured
 
at the risk-adjusted present value of
 
cash flows in fulfilling the contracts.
Revenue is recognized as insurance services
 
are provided over the coverage period.
 
Losses are recognized immediately if
 
the contract group is expected to be
onerous. The liabilities presented by insurance
 
groups are
 
comprised of the liability for remaining
 
coverage (LRC) and the liability for incurred
 
claims (LIC) and are
reported as Insurance contract liabilities
 
on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
The LRC is the obligation to investigate and
 
pay claims that have not yet
occurred and includes the loss component related
 
to onerous contract groups.
 
The LIC is the estimate of claims incurred, including
 
claims that have occurred but
have not been reported, and related insurance
 
costs.
 
IFRS 17 introduces two measurement models
 
that are applicable to the Bank, the premium
 
allocation approach model (PAA) and the general measurement
 
model
(GMM). The Bank measures the majority of
 
its insurance contract groups using
 
the PAA,
 
which includes property and casualty contracts
 
as well as short-term life
and health contracts. The PAA is a simplified model applied to insurance
 
contracts that are either one year or less
 
or where the PAA approximates the GMM.
Contracts using the GMM are longer-term life
 
and health contracts. The LRC for insurance
 
contract groups using the PAA is measured as unearned premiums
 
less
deferred acquisition cash flows allocated
 
to the group. The LRC is adjusted for the
 
recognition of insurance revenue and amortization
 
of acquisition cash flows
reported in insurance service expenses
 
on a straight-line basis over the contractual
 
terms of the underlying insurance contracts,
 
usually twelve months. The LRC
for longer term contracts using the GMM
 
model is measured using estimates and
 
assumptions that reflect the timing
 
and uncertainty of insurance cash flows.
When a group of contracts is expected
 
to be onerous, a loss component (expected
 
loss related to fulfilling the related insurance
 
contracts) is established which
increases the LRC and insurance service expenses.
 
The loss component of the LRC is
 
subsequently recognized in income over
 
the contractual term of the
underlying insurance contracts to offset claims
 
incurred and related expenses.
The Bank measures the LIC at the present
 
value of current estimates of claims and related
 
costs for insurable events occurring at or
 
before the Interim
Consolidated Balance Sheet date. The LIC
 
includes a risk adjustment, which represents
 
the compensation the Bank requires for bearing
 
the uncertainty related to
non-financial risks
 
in its fulfilment of insurance contracts.
 
Expenses related to claims incurred
 
and related costs are reported in insurance
 
service expenses and
changes related to discounting the liability are
 
recorded as insurance finance income
 
or expenses in other income (loss).
 
Prior to the adoption of IFRS 17, these
expenses were recorded in insurance
 
claims and related expenses and non-interest
 
expenses.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 55
Reinsurance contracts held are recognized
 
and measured using the same principles
 
as insurance contracts issued. Reinsurance
 
contract assets are presented in
Other assets in the Interim Consolidated Balance
 
Sheet and the net results from reinsurance
 
contracts held are presented in Other income
 
(loss) in the Interim
Consolidated Statement of Income. Refer to
 
Note 13 for further detail on the balances and
 
results of insurance and reinsurance contracts.
The Bank initially applied IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023 and restated the comparative
 
period. The Bank transitioned by primarily
 
applying the full retrospective
approach which resulted in the measurement
 
of insurance contracts as if IFRS 17
 
had always applied to them.
The following table sets out adjustments
 
to the
Bank’s insurance-related balances reported under
 
IFRS 4 as at October 31, 2022 used to derive
 
the insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance
 
contract assets
recognized by the Bank as at November
 
1, 2022 under IFRS 17.
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Amount
Insurance-related liabilities
$
7,468
Other liabilities
131
Other assets
(2,361)
Net insurance-related balances as at October
 
31, 2022
$
5,238
Changes in actuarial assumptions, including
 
risk adjustment and discount factor
 
(192)
Recognition of losses on onerous contracts
113
Other adjustments
(93)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
Insurance contract liabilities
$
5,761
Reinsurance contract assets
(695)
Net insurance-related balances as at
 
November 1, 2022
$
5,066
On November 1, 2022, IFRS 17 transition
 
adjustments resulted in a decrease
 
to the Bank’s deferred tax assets of $
60
 
million and an after-tax increase to retained
earnings of $
112
 
million.
 
Upon the initial application of IFRS 17 on
 
November 1, 2023, the Bank applied transitional
 
guidance and reclassified certain securities
 
supporting insurance
operations to minimize accounting mismatches
 
arising from the application of the new discount
 
factor under IFRS 17. The transitional guidance
 
for such securities
is applicable for entities that previously used
 
IFRS 9,
Financial Instruments
 
and was applied without a restatement
 
of comparatives. The reclassification resulted
 
in
a decrease to retained earnings and an increase
 
in accumulated other comprehensive income
 
(AOCI) of $
10
 
million.
 
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING
 
POLICIES
There were no new or amended material accounting
 
policies that have been issued, but are not
 
yet effective on the date of issuance of the
 
Bank’s Interim
Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTE 3: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
 
JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS
 
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies
 
are essential to understanding its results
 
of operations and financial condition. Some
 
of the Bank’s policies
require subjective, complex judgments and
 
estimates as they relate to matters
 
that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments
 
or estimates and
changes to accounting standards and policies
 
could have a material impact on the Bank’s Interim
 
Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank
 
has established
procedures to ensure that accounting policies
 
are applied consistently and that the processes
 
for changing methodologies, determining
 
estimates, and adopting
new accounting standards are well-controlled
 
and occur in an appropriate and systematic
 
manner. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated
Financial Statements for a description of
 
significant accounting judgments, estimates,
 
and assumptions.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The expected credit loss (ECL) model requires
 
the application of judgments, estimates,
 
and assumptions in the assessment of the
 
current and forward-looking
economic environment. There remains elevated
 
economic uncertainty, and management continues to exercise
 
expert credit judgment in assessing if an
 
exposure
has experienced significant increase in credit
 
risk since initial recognition and in determining
 
the amount of ECLs at each reporting date.
 
To the extent that certain
effects are not fully incorporated into the model
 
calculations, temporary quantitative and qualitative
 
adjustments have been applied.
Insurance Contracts
The assumptions used in establishing the Bank’s
 
insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities
 
are based on best estimates of possible
 
outcomes.
 
For property and casualty insurance
 
contracts, the ultimate cost of LIC is estimated
 
using a range of standard actuarial claims
 
projection techniques in
accordance with Canadian accepted actuarial
 
practices. Additional qualitative judgment
 
is used to assess the extent to which past
 
trends may or may not apply in
the future, in order to arrive at the estimated
 
ultimate claims cost amounts that present
 
the most likely outcome taking into account
 
all the uncertainties involved.
 
For life and health insurance contracts,
 
actuarial liabilities consider all future policy
 
cash flows, including premiums, claims,
 
and expenses required to administer
the policies. Critical assumptions used in
 
the measurement of life and health insurance
 
contract liabilities are determined by the appointed
 
actuary.
Further information on insurance risk assumptions
 
is provided in Note 13.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 56
NOTE 4: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
There have been no significant changes to
 
the Bank’s approach and methodologies used
 
to determine fair value measurements for
 
the three months ended
January 31, 2024.
 
 
(a)
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES NOT CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE
The following table reflects the fair value
 
of the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities not
 
carried at fair value.
 
Financial Assets and Liabilities not carried
 
at Fair Value
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Carrying
Fair
Carrying
Fair
value
value
value
value
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance
 
for credit losses
Government and government-related
 
securities
 
$
227,917
$
221,732
$
232,093
$
222,699
Other debt securities
72,154
70,117
75,923
72,511
Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
300,071
291,849
308,016
295,210
Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses
 
904,336
896,070
895,947
877,763
Total financial assets not carried at fair value
$
1,204,407
$
1,187,919
$
1,203,963
$
1,172,973
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits
$
1,181,254
$
1,176,610
$
1,198,190
$
1,188,585
Securitization liabilities at amortized
 
cost
 
12,358
11,912
12,710
12,035
Subordinated notes and debentures
 
 
9,554
 
9,519
 
9,620
9,389
Total financial liabilities not carried at fair value
$
1,203,166
$
1,198,041
$
1,220,520
$
1,210,009
1
This table excludes financial assets and liabilities where the carrying value approximates their fair value.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 57
(b)
FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
The following table presents the levels within
 
the fair value hierarchy for each of the assets
 
and liabilities measured at fair value on
 
a recurring basis as at
January 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023.
 
Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value
 
on a Recurring Basis
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
FINANCIAL ASSETS AND COMMODITIES
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
Government and government-related securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
$
228
$
7,720
$
$
7,948
$
72
$
9,073
$
$
9,145
Provinces
 
7,395
7,395
7,445
7,445
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments,
 
and agencies debt
2
25,136
34
25,172
2
24,325
67
24,394
Other OECD
2
 
government-guaranteed debt
8,688
8,688
8,811
8,811
Mortgage-backed securities
1,661
1,661
1,698
1,698
Other debt securities
Canadian issuers
 
5,969
2
5,971
6,067
5
6,072
Other issuers
14,067
59
14,126
14,553
60
14,613
Equity securities
65,437
155
7
65,599
54,186
41
10
54,237
Trading loans
 
18,271
18,271
17,261
17,261
Commodities
5,840
847
6,687
7,620
791
8,411
Retained interests
2
2
3
3
 
71,507
89,911
102
161,520
61,880
90,068
142
152,090
Non-trading financial assets at fair value
 
through profit or loss
Securities
257
2,055
1,079
3,391
269
 
2,596
980
3,845
Loans
3,594
3,594
3,495
3,495
257
5,649
1,079
6,985
269
6,091
980
7,340
Derivatives
Interest rate contracts
 
2
17,463
17,465
17
 
22,893
22,910
Foreign exchange contracts
 
26
37,130
1
37,157
26
57,380
7
57,413
Credit contracts
 
80
80
54
54
Equity contracts
 
100
3,690
3,790
58
4,839
4,897
Commodity contracts
 
223
1,850
9
2,082
306
1,787
15
2,108
351
60,213
10
60,574
407
86,953
22
87,382
Financial assets designated at
fair value through profit or loss
Securities
1
5,970
5,970
 
5,818
5,818
5,970
5,970
5,818
5,818
Financial assets at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
Government and government-related securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
20,723
20,723
18,210
18,210
Provinces
 
20,890
20,890
19,940
19,940
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments,
 
and agencies debt
11,750
11,750
11,002
11,002
Other OECD government-guaranteed debt
1,512
1,512
1,498
1,498
Mortgage-backed securities
2,260
2,260
2,277
2,277
Other debt securities
Asset-backed securities
3,923
3,923
4,114
4,114
Corporate and other debt
9,509
26
9,535
8,863
27
8,890
Equity securities
1,333
2
2,142
3,477
1,133
3
2,377
3,513
Loans
660
660
421
421
 
1,333
71,229
2,168
74,730
1,133
66,328
2,404
69,865
Securities purchased under reverse
repurchase agreements
8,606
8,606
9,649
9,649
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
 
 
29,595
 
1,039
 
30,634
 
29,995
985
30,980
Derivatives
 
Interest rate contracts
 
12,432
137
12,569
16
 
21,064
 
126
 
21,206
Foreign exchange contracts
 
33
33,656
2
33,691
19
44,841
13
44,873
Credit contracts
 
643
643
172
172
Equity contracts
 
14
4,796
28
4,838
7
3,251
21
3,279
Commodity contracts
 
273
2,040
19
2,332
248
1,846
16
2,110
320
53,567
186
54,073
290
71,174
176
 
71,640
Securitization liabilities at fair value
16,543
16,543
 
14,422
 
 
14,422
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
through profit or loss
180,088
24
180,112
 
192,108
 
22
 
192,130
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
 
1,656
41,219
42,875
1,329
 
43,332
 
 
44,661
Obligations related to securities sold
under repurchase agreements
11,877
11,877
12,641
12,641
1
Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of identical securities sold but
 
not yet purchased (short positions).
2
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD).
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 58
(c)
 
TRANSFERS BETWEEN FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY LEVELS FOR ASSETS
 
AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
The Bank’s policy is to record transfers of assets
 
and liabilities between the different levels of the
 
fair value hierarchy using the fair values as
 
at the end of each
reporting period.
 
There were no significant transfers between
 
Level 1 and Level 2 during the three
 
months ended January 31, 2024 and January
 
31, 2023.
There were no significant transfers between
 
Level 2 and Level 3 during the three months
 
ended January 31, 2024
 
and January 31, 2023.
 
There were no significant changes to the unobservable
 
inputs and sensitivities for assets and liabilities
 
classified as Level 3 during the three
 
months ended
January 31, 2024, and January 31, 2023.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 59
(d)
RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN FAIR VALUE FOR LEVEL 3 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following tables set out changes in fair
 
value of all assets and liabilities measured
 
at fair value using significant Level 3 unobservable
 
inputs for the three
months ended January 31, 2024 and January
 
31, 2023.
Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
 
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
 
(losses) on
November 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
January 31
instruments
2023
in income
2
in OCI
3,4
Issuances
 
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2024
still held
5
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Government and government-
related securities
$
67
$
$
$
$
(33)
$
$
$
34
$
(1)
Other debt securities
65
3
72
(81)
2
61
(1)
Equity securities
10
(1)
(2)
7
 
 
142
2
72
(116)
2
102
 
(2)
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
980
13
91
(5)
1,079
17
980
13
91
(5)
1,079
17
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
27
(3)
3
(1)
26
(3)
Equity securities
 
2,377
(10)
6
(231)
2,142
2
 
$
2,404
$
$
(13)
$
9
$
(232)
$
$
$
2,168
$
(1)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
6
$
(985)
$
(24)
$
$
(56)
$
21
$
$
5
$
(1,039)
$
(43)
Derivatives
7
Interest rate contracts
 
(126)
(23)
12
(137)
 
(12)
Foreign exchange contracts
(6)
2
3
(1)
(1)
Equity contracts
(21)
(6)
(1)
(28)
(5)
Commodity contracts
(1)
10
(19)
(10)
(17)
 
(154)
(17)
(7)
(1)
3
(176)
 
(35)
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value
through profit or loss
 
(22)
38
(54)
14
(24)
 
38
Change in
unrealized
Fair
Total realized and
Fair
gains
value as at
unrealized gains (losses)
Movements
1
Transfers
value as at
(losses) on
November 1
Included
Included
Purchases/
Sales/
Into
Out of
January 31
instruments
2022
in income
2
in OCI
4
Issuances
Settlements
Level 3
Level 3
2023
still held
5
FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
Trading loans, securities,
 
and other
Government and government-
related securities
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Other debt securities
49
9
14
(15)
35
(7)
85
2
Equity securities
 
 
49
9
14
(15)
35
(7)
85
 
2
Non-trading financial
assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Securities
845
43
42
(3)
927
32
845
43
42
(3)
927
32
Financial assets at fair value
through other
 
comprehensive income
Other debt securities
60
7
(4)
63
Equity securities
 
2,477
(22)
824
(39)
3,240
(22)
 
$
2,537
$
$
(15)
$
824
$
(43)
$
$
$
3,303
$
(22)
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Trading deposits
6
$
(416)
$
(12)
$
$
(59)
$
4
$
(3)
$
$
(486)
$
(11)
Derivatives
7
Interest rate contracts
 
(156)
(24)
16
(164)
(9)
Foreign exchange contracts
4
(3)
1
2
(1)
Equity contracts
(59)
29
2
(2)
(21)
(51)
8
Commodity contracts
27
29
(51)
5
(8)
 
(184)
31
(33)
(2)
(20)
(208)
(10)
Financial liabilities designated
at fair value
through profit or loss
 
(44)
50
(60)
32
(22)
50
1
Includes foreign exchange.
2
 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated
 
Statement of Income.
3
 
Other comprehensive income.
4
 
Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at fair value through
 
other comprehensive income (FVOCI). Refer to Note 5 for further
details.
5
 
Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.
6
 
Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.
7
 
Consists of derivative assets of $
10
 
million (January 31, 2023 – $
31
 
million; October 31, 2023/November 1, 2023 – $
22
 
million;
October 31, 2022/November 1, 2022 – $
50
 
million) and
derivative liabilities of $
186
 
million (January 31, 2023 – $
239
 
million; October 31, 2023/November 1, 2023 – $
176
 
million;
October 31, 2022/November 1, 2022 – $
234
 
million) which have
been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 60
NOTE 5: SECURITIES
 
(a)
UNREALIZED
 
SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES)
The following table summarizes the unrealized
 
gains and losses as at January 31, 2024
 
and October 31, 2023.
 
 
Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Securities
 
at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Cost/
Gross
Gross
Cost/
Gross
Gross
amortized
unrealized
unrealized
Fair
amortized
unrealized
unrealized
Fair
cost
1
gains
(losses)
value
cost
1
gains
(losses)
value
Government and government-related
securities
Canadian government debt
Federal
 
$
20,791
$
34
$
(102)
$
20,723
$
18,335
$
45
$
(170)
$
18,210
Provinces
20,837
103
(50)
20,890
19,953
105
(118)
19,940
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and
 
 
 
 
 
agencies debt
 
11,905
19
(174)
11,750
11,260
17
(275)
11,002
Other OECD government-guaranteed debt
1,528
3
(19)
1,512
1,521
1
(24)
1,498
Mortgage-backed securities
2,269
5
(14)
2,260
2,313
(36)
2,277
57,330
164
(359)
57,135
53,382
168
(623)
52,927
Other debt securities
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities
3,943
1
(21)
3,923
4,146
(32)
4,114
Corporate and other debt
9,537
61
(63)
9,535
8,946
43
(99)
8,890
13,480
62
(84)
13,458
13,092
43
(131)
13,004
Total debt securities
70,810
226
(443)
70,593
66,474
211
(754)
65,931
Equity securities
 
 
 
 
Common shares
2,955
204
(82)
3,077
3,191
95
(116)
3,170
Preferred shares
567
13
(180)
400
566
1
(224)
343
3,522
217
(262)
3,477
3,757
96
(340)
3,513
Total securities at fair value through
 
 
 
 
 
 
other comprehensive income
$
74,332
$
443
$
(705)
$
74,070
$
70,231
$
307
$
(1,094)
$
69,444
1
Includes the foreign exchange translation of amortized cost balances at the period-end spot rate.
(b)
EQUITY SECURITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
The Bank designated certain equity securities
 
at FVOCI.
The following table summarizes the fair
 
value of equity securities designated at
 
FVOCI as at
January 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023, and
 
dividend income recognized on these securities
 
for the three months ended January 31,
 
2024 and January 31, 2023.
 
 
Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through
 
Other Comprehensive Income
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Fair value
 
Dividend income recognized
 
Common shares
$
3,077
$
3,170
$
17
$
17
 
Preferred shares
400
343
38
31
Total
$
3,477
$
3,513
$
55
$
48
The Bank disposed of certain equity securities
 
in line with the Bank’s investment strategy
 
and disposed of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)
 
stocks in accordance
with FHLB member stockholding requirements,
 
as follows:
 
Equity Securities Net Realized Gains
 
(Losses)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Equity Securities
Fair value
$
42
$
45
Cumulative realized gain/(loss)
(3)
FHLB Stock
Fair value
159
 
Cumulative realized gain/(loss)
(c)
DEBT SECURITIES NET REALIZED GAINS
 
(LOSSES)
The following table summarizes
 
the net realized gains and losses for the
 
three months ended January 31, 2024 and
 
January 31, 2023, which are included in
 
Other
income (loss) on the Interim Consolidated
 
Statement of Income.
 
Debt Securities Net Realized Gains (Losses)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Debt securities at fair value through other
 
comprehensive income
$
6
$
(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 61
(d)
CREDIT QUALITY OF DEBT SECURITIES
The Bank evaluates non-retail credit risk
 
on an individual borrower basis, using both
 
a borrower risk rating (BRR) and facility
 
risk rating, as detailed in the shaded
area of the “Managing Risk” section of the 2023
 
MD&A. This system is used to assess all non-retail
 
exposures, including debt securities.
 
The following table provides the gross carrying
 
amounts of debt securities measured at amortized
 
cost and debt securities at FVOCI by internal
 
risk rating for credit
risk management purposes, presenting
 
separately those debt securities that are
 
subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 allowances.
 
Refer to the “Allowance for
Credit Losses” table in Note 6 for details regarding
 
the allowance and provision for credit losses
 
on debt securities.
 
Debt Securities by Risk Rating
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Debt securities
1
Investment grade
$
370,182
$
$
n/a
2
$
370,182
$
373,317
$
$
n/a
$
373,317
Non-investment grade
329
26
n/a
355
519
n/a
519
Watch and classified
n/a
129
n/a
129
n/a
113
n/a
113
Default
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Total debt securities
370,511
155
370,666
373,836
113
373,949
Allowance for credit losses on debt securities
at amortized cost
2
2
2
2
Total debt securities, net of
 
allowance
$
370,509
$
155
$
$
370,664
$
373,834
$
113
$
$
373,947
1
Includes debt securities backed by government-guaranteed loans of $
114
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
104
 
million), which are reported in Non-investment grade or a lower risk rating
based on the issuer’s credit risk.
2
 
Not applicable.
As at January 31, 2024, total debt securities,
 
net of allowance,
 
in the table above, include debt securities
 
measured at amortized cost, net of allowance,
 
of
$
300,071
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
308,016
 
million), and debt securities measured at
 
FVOCI of $
70,593
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
65,931
 
million). The
difference between probability-weighted ECLs
 
and base ECLs on debt securities at
 
FVOCI and at amortized cost as at both
 
January 31, 2024 and
October 31, 2023, was insignificant.
NOTE 6: LOANS, IMPAIRED LOANS, AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
(a)
LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES
The following table provides details regarding
 
the Bank’s loans and acceptances as at
 
January 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023.
 
Loans and Acceptances
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Residential mortgages
$
321,670
$
320,341
Consumer instalment and other personal
217,397
217,554
Credit card
38,635
38,660
Business and government
333,899
326,528
 
911,601
903,083
Customers’ liability under acceptances
 
13,066
17,569
Loans at FVOCI
 
(Note 4)
660
421
Total loans
 
and acceptances
925,327
921,073
Total allowance for loan losses
7,265
7,136
Total loans
 
and acceptances, net of allowance
$
918,062
$
913,937
Business and government loans (including
 
loans at FVOCI) and customers’ liability
 
under acceptances are grouped together
 
as reflected below for presentation in
the “Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings”
 
table.
 
Loans and Acceptances
 
– Business and Government
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Loans at amortized cost
$
333,899
$
326,528
Customers’ liability under acceptances
13,066
17,569
Loans at FVOCI
 
(Note 4)
660
421
Loans and acceptances
347,625
344,518
Allowance for loan losses
2,990
2,990
Loans and acceptances, net of allowance
$
344,635
$
341,528
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 62
(b)
CREDIT QUALITY OF LOANS
In the retail portfolio, including individuals and
 
small businesses, the Bank manages exposures
 
on a pooled basis, using predictive credit
 
scoring techniques. For
non-retail exposures, each borrower is assigned
 
a BRR that reflects the probability of default
 
(PD)
 
of the borrower using proprietary industry
 
and sector specific
risk models and expert judgment. Refer to
 
the shaded areas of the “Managing Risk”
 
section of the 2023 MD&A for further
 
details, including the mapping of PD
ranges to risk levels for retail exposures
 
as well as the Bank’s 21-point BRR scale
 
to risk levels and external ratings for non-retail
 
exposures.
 
The following table provides the gross carrying
 
amounts of loans,
 
acceptances and credit risk exposures
 
on loan commitments and financial guarantee
 
contracts
by internal risk ratings for credit risk management
 
purposes, presenting separately those that
 
are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage
 
3 allowances.
 
 
Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Residential mortgages
1,2,3
Low Risk
$
222,767
$
827
$
n/a
$
223,594
$
225,596
$
46
$
n/a
$
225,642
Normal Risk
70,237
13,581
n/a
83,818
70,423
11,324
n/a
81,747
Medium Risk
300
10,331
n/a
10,631
110
9,581
n/a
9,691
High Risk
8
2,960
315
3,283
10
2,573
325
2,908
Default
n/a
n/a
344
344
n/a
n/a
353
353
Total loans
293,312
27,699
659
321,670
296,139
23,524
678
320,341
Allowance for loan losses
137
212
61
410
154
192
57
403
Loans, net of allowance
293,175
27,487
598
321,260
295,985
23,332
621
319,938
Consumer instalment and other personal
4
 
 
Low Risk
97,963
2,599
n/a
100,562
100,102
2,278
n/a
102,380
Normal Risk
61,423
12,501
n/a
73,924
60,613
13,410
n/a
74,023
Medium Risk
24,885
6,267
n/a
31,152
24,705
5,816
n/a
30,521
High Risk
4,000
6,921
330
11,251
4,122
5,700
323
10,145
Default
n/a
n/a
508
508
n/a
n/a
485
485
Total loans
188,271
28,288
838
217,397
189,542
27,204
808
217,554
Allowance for loan losses
634
1,035
225
1,894
653
959
197
1,809
Loans, net of allowance
187,637
27,253
613
215,503
188,889
26,245
611
215,745
Credit card
 
 
 
Low Risk
7,044
15
n/a
7,059
6,499
12
n/a
6,511
Normal Risk
10,827
168
n/a
10,995
11,171
134
n/a
11,305
Medium Risk
12,030
1,128
n/a
13,158
12,311
1,163
n/a
13,474
High Risk
2,520
4,348
438
7,306
2,567
4,289
401
7,257
Default
n/a
n/a
117
117
n/a
n/a
113
113
Total loans
32,421
5,659
555
38,635
32,548
5,598
514
38,660
Allowance for loan losses
640
959
372
1,971
709
913
312
1,934
Loans, net of allowance
31,781
4,700
183
36,664
31,839
4,685
202
36,726
Business and government
1,2,3,5
 
 
 
Investment grade or Low/Normal Risk
161,743
169
n/a
161,912
159,477
101
n/a
159,578
Non-investment grade or Medium Risk
160,305
10,980
n/a
171,285
161,651
10,278
n/a
171,929
Watch and classified or High Risk
696
12,075
58
12,829
604
11,017
75
11,696
Default
n/a
n/a
1,599
1,599
n/a
n/a
1,315
1,315
Total loans and acceptances
322,744
23,224
1,657
347,625
321,732
21,396
1,390
344,518
Allowance for loan and acceptances
 
losses
985
1,480
525
2,990
1,157
1,371
462
2,990
Loans and acceptances, net of allowance
321,759
21,744
1,132
344,635
320,575
20,025
928
341,528
Total loans and acceptances
6
836,748
84,870
3,709
925,327
839,961
77,722
3,390
921,073
Total allowance for loan losses
6,7
2,396
3,686
1,183
7,265
2,673
3,435
1,028
7,136
Total loans and acceptances, net of
 
allowance
6
$
834,352
$
81,184
$
2,526
$
918,062
$
837,288
$
74,287
$
2,362
$
913,937
1
Includes impaired loans with a balance of $
358
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
271
 
million) which did not have a related allowance for loan losses as the realizable value of the collateral
exceeded the loan amount.
2
Excludes trading loans and non-trading loans at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) with a fair value of $
18
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
17
 
billion) and $
4
 
billion (October 31, 2023 –
$
3
 
billion), respectively.
3
Includes insured mortgages of $
73
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
74
 
billion).
4
 
Includes Canadian government-insured real estate personal loans of $
6
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
7
 
billion).
5
Includes loans guaranteed by government agencies of $
25
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
26
 
billion), which are primarily reported in Non-investment grade or a lower risk rating based on
the borrowers’ credit risk.
6
 
Stage 3 includes acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans of
nil
 
(October 31, 2023 – $
91
 
million) and a related allowance for loan losses of
nil
 
(October 31, 2023 – $
6
 
million), which have
been included in the “Default”
 
risk rating category as they were impaired at acquisition.
7
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of
nil
 
(October 31, 2023 –
nil
).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 63
Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings
(Continued)
 
– Off-Balance Sheet Credit Instruments
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Retail Exposures
2
 
 
 
Low Risk
$
252,681
$
1,405
$
n/a
$
254,086
$
254,231
$
1,093
$
n/a
$
255,324
Normal Risk
89,653
1,303
n/a
90,956
91,474
1,112
n/a
92,586
Medium Risk
19,527
1,216
n/a
20,743
19,774
1,079
n/a
20,853
High Risk
1,172
1,251
2,423
1,209
1,198
2,407
Default
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Non-Retail Exposures
3
Investment grade
260,753
n/a
260,753
264,029
n/a
264,029
Non-investment grade
99,374
5,418
n/a
104,792
98,068
4,396
n/a
102,464
Watch and classified
272
4,176
4,448
218
4,158
4,376
Default
n/a
n/a
197
197
n/a
n/a
107
107
Total off-balance sheet credit
instruments
723,432
14,769
197
738,398
729,003
13,036
107
742,146
Allowance for off-balance sheet credit
 
instruments
424
572
4
1,000
476
565
8
1,049
Total off-balance sheet credit
instruments, net of allowance
$
723,008
$
14,197
$
193
$
737,398
$
728,527
$
12,471
$
99
$
741,097
1
Excludes mortgage commitments.
2
 
Includes $
366
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
369
 
billion) of personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s
 
discretion at any time.
3
 
Includes $
62
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
62
 
billion) of the undrawn component of uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities.
(c)
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for credit losses as at and
 
for the three months ended January 31,
 
2024
 
and January 31, 2023,
including allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
 
in the applicable categories.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Foreign
Foreign
 
 
 
exchange,
 
 
 
 
exchange,
 
Balance at
Provision
 
Write-offs,
disposals,
Balance
Balance at
Provision
 
Write-offs,
disposals,
Balance
beginning
for credit
net of
and other
at end of
beginning
for credit
net of
and other
at end of
of period
losses
recoveries
adjustments
period
of period
losses
recoveries
adjustments
period
 
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Residential mortgages
$
403
$
8
$
(2)
$
1
$
410
$
323
$
12
$
(1)
$
(4)
$
330
Consumer instalment and other
personal
1,895
382
(275)
(23)
1,979
1,704
262
(196)
(17)
1,753
Credit card
2,577
430
(369)
(61)
2,577
2,352
337
(245)
(37)
2,407
Business and government
3,310
181
(113)
(79)
3,299
2,984
79
(31)
(45)
2,987
Total allowance for loan losses,
including off-balance sheet
instruments
8,185
1,001
(759)
(162)
8,265
7,363
690
(473)
(103)
7,477
Debt securities at amortized cost
2
2
1
1
Debt securities at FVOCI
2
(1)
1
2
(1)
1
Total allowance for credit
losses on debt securities
4
(1)
3
3
(1)
2
Total allowance for credit losses
$
8,189
$
1,001
$
(759)
$
(163)
$
8,268
$
7,366
$
690
$
(473)
$
(104)
$
7,479
Comprising:
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at amortized cost
$
7,136
 
 
 
$
7,265
$
6,432
 
 
 
$
6,492
Allowance for credit losses on
loans at FVOCI
Allowance for loan losses
7,136
7,265
6,432
6,492
Allowance for off-balance sheet
 
instruments
1,049
1,000
931
985
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses on
 
debt securities
4
3
3
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 64
(d)
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BY STAGE
The following table provides details on
 
the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by stage
 
as at and for the three months ended
 
January 31, 2024 and
January 31, 2023.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Residential Mortgages
Balance at beginning of period
$
154
$
192
$
57
$
403
$
127
$
140
$
56
$
323
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
36
(33)
(3)
35
(34)
(1)
Transfer to Stage 2
(10)
15
(5)
(6)
11
(5)
Transfer to Stage 3
(9)
9
(5)
5
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(6)
7
1
(7)
6
(1)
New originations or purchases
4
8
n/a
n/a
8
8
n/a
n/a
8
Net repayments
5
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(2)
(5)
(4)
(11)
(1)
(4)
(3)
(8)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(40)
45
6
11
(24)
38
1
15
Disposals
Write-offs
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
Recoveries
1
1
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(2)
3
1
(2)
(1)
(1)
(4)
Balance at end of period
$
137
$
212
$
61
$
410
$
129
$
150
$
51
$
330
Consumer Instalment and Other Personal
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
688
$
1,010
$
197
$
1,895
$
654
$
896
$
154
$
1,704
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
131
(130)
(1)
170
(168)
(2)
Transfer to Stage 2
(72)
91
(19)
(52)
70
(18)
Transfer to Stage 3
(3)
(60)
63
(2)
(46)
48
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(54)
86
2
34
(53)
54
2
3
New originations or purchases
4
89
n/a
n/a
89
99
n/a
n/a
99
Net repayments
5
(18)
(21)
(3)
(42)
(22)
(18)
(3)
(43)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(17)
(20)
(10)
(47)
(18)
(24)
(9)
(51)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(71)
146
273
348
(94)
160
188
254
Disposals
Write-offs
(347)
(347)
(266)
(266)
Recoveries
72
72
70
70
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(9)
(12)
(2)
(23)
(7)
(8)
(2)
(17)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
664
1,090
225
1,979
675
916
162
1,753
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
8
30
55
85
36
52
88
Balance at end of period
$
634
$
1,035
$
225
$
1,894
$
639
$
864
$
162
$
1,665
Credit Card
9
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
988
$
1,277
$
312
$
2,577
$
954
$
1,191
$
207
$
2,352
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
2
246
(239)
(7)
299
(294)
(5)
Transfer to Stage 2
(95)
111
(16)
(86)
98
(12)
Transfer to Stage 3
(6)
(223)
229
(5)
(164)
169
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(108)
139
7
38
(139)
127
5
(7)
New originations or purchases
4
39
n/a
n/a
39
51
n/a
n/a
51
Net repayments
5
22
5
17
44
28
7
13
48
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
6
(10)
(16)
(84)
(110)
(12)
(18)
(46)
(76)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
(175)
300
294
419
(120)
270
171
321
Disposals
Write-offs
(444)
(444)
(314)
(314)
Recoveries
75
75
69
69
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(21)
(29)
(11)
(61)
(14)
(19)
(4)
(37)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
880
1,325
372
2,577
956
1,198
253
2,407
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
8
240
366
606
274
341
615
Balance at end of period
$
640
$
959
$
372
$
1,971
$
682
$
857
$
253
$
1,792
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.
 
3
Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2 or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as described in the
“Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the change in ECLs constant.
 
4
Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.
5
Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments on loans outstanding.
 
6
Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.
7
Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g.,
 
PD) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors,
 
level of risk, parameters,
 
and/or models, subsequent to stage
migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward-Looking Information” and “Expert Credit Judgment” sections of Note 2 and Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated
Financial Statements for further details.
 
8
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
9
Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual Consolidated Financial
Statements for further details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 65
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(Continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
1
Total
Business and Government
2
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at beginning of period
$
1,319
$
1,521
$
470
$
3,310
$
1,220
$
1,417
$
347
$
2,984
Provision for credit losses
Transfer to Stage 1
3
62
(62)
100
(98)
(2)
Transfer to Stage 2
(117)
120
(3)
(159)
162
(3)
Transfer to Stage 3
(14)
(55)
69
(5)
(21)
26
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
(21)
42
4
25
(28)
24
(4)
New originations or purchases
3
271
n/a
n/a
271
332
n/a
n/a
332
Net repayments
3
8
(8)
(26)
(26)
4
(21)
(24)
(41)
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding
disposals and write-offs)
3
(172)
(99)
(45)
(316)
(188)
(151)
(133)
(472)
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
3
(162)
202
187
227
9
64
191
264
Disposals
Write-offs
(124)
(124)
(43)
(43)
Recoveries
11
11
12
12
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(35)
(30)
(14)
(79)
(20)
(20)
(5)
(45)
Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments,
at end of period
1,139
1,631
529
3,299
1,265
1,356
366
2,987
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments
4
154
151
4
309
146
134
2
282
Balance at end of period
985
1,480
525
2,990
1,119
1,222
364
2,705
Total Allowance, including
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments, at end of period
2,820
4,258
1,187
8,265
3,025
3,620
832
7,477
Less: Total Allowance for
 
off-balance sheet
 
instruments
4
424
572
4
1,000
456
527
2
985
Total Allowance for Loan Losses
 
at end of period
$
2,396
$
3,686
$
1,183
$
7,265
$
2,569
$
3,093
$
830
$
6,492
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
 
Includes allowance for loan losses related to customers’ liability under acceptances.
3
 
For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage” table on the previous
 
page in this Note.
4
 
The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The allowance for credit losses on all remaining
 
financial assets is not significant.
(e)
 
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
Relevant macroeconomic factors are incorporated
 
in risk parameters as appropriate. Additional
 
risk factors that are industry or segment
 
specific are also
incorporated, where relevant. The key macroeconomic
 
variables used in determining ECLs include
 
regional unemployment rates for all retail exposures
 
and
regional housing price indices for residential
 
mortgages and home equity lines of credit.
 
For business and government loans, the key
 
macroeconomic variables
include gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment
 
rates, interest rates, and credit spreads.
 
Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial
Statements for a discussion of how forward-looking
 
information is generated and considered
 
in determining whether there has been
 
a significant increase in credit
risk and in measuring ECLs.
Macroeconomic Variables
Select macroeconomic variables are projected
 
over the forecast period. The following
 
table sets out average values of the macroeconomic
 
variables over the four
calendar quarters starting with the current
 
quarter, and the remaining 4-year forecast period for the base
 
forecast and upside and downside scenarios
 
used in
determining the Bank’s ECLs as at January 31, 2024.
 
As the forecast period increases, information
 
about the future becomes less readily available
 
and projections
are anchored on assumptions around structural
 
relationships between economic parameters
 
that are inherently much less certain.
 
Restrictive monetary policy is
contributing to elevated economic uncertainty,
 
particularly in Canada where household
 
debt levels remain elevated, and is
 
likely to lead to a near-term deceleration
in economic growth and a modest increase in
 
unemployment rate.
Macroeconomic Variables
As at
January 31, 2024
Base Forecast
Upside Scenario
Downside Scenario
Average
Remaining
Average
Remaining
Average
Remaining
Q1 2024-
4-year
Q1 2024-
4-year
Q1 2024-
4-year
Q4 2024
1
period
1
Q4 2024
1
period
1
Q4 2024
1
period
1
 
Unemployment rate
Canada
6.5
%
6.1
%
5.8
%
5.8
%
7.3
%
7.2
%
United States
4.2
4.0
3.9
4.0
5.2
5.4
Real GDP
Canada
0.5
1.9
0.8
1.8
(1.1)
2.1
United States
1.5
1.8
2.2
1.9
(0.2)
2.1
Home prices
Canada (average existing price)
2
(3.1)
3.1
(1.0)
2.6
(10.8)
3.1
United States (CoreLogic HPI)
3
0.6
1.9
2.0
2.3
(8.3)
4.2
Central bank policy interest rate
Canada
4.25
2.31
4.88
2.41
3.72
1.88
United States
5.13
2.89
5.38
2.91
4.22
2.38
U.S. 10-year treasury yield
3.95
3.22
4.28
3.31
3.82
3.19
U.S. 10-year BBB spread (%-pts)
2.16
1.80
1.91
1.74
2.63
2.09
Exchange rate (U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar)
$
0.73
$
0.79
$
0.77
$
0.81
$
0.71
$
0.74
1
The numbers represent average values for the quoted periods, and average of year-on-year growth for real GDP and home prices.
2
The average home price is the average transacted sale price of homes sold via the Multiple Listing Service; data is collected by the Canadian Real Estate Association.
3
The CoreLogic home price index (HPI) is a repeat-sales index which tracks increases and decreases in the same home’s sales price over time.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 66
(f)
 
SENSITIVITY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
ECLs are sensitive to the inputs used in internally
 
developed models, the macroeconomic
 
variables in the forward-looking forecasts
 
and respective probability
weightings in determining the probability-weighted
 
ECLs, and other factors considered when
 
applying expert credit judgment. Changes
 
in these inputs,
assumptions, models, and judgments would
 
affect the assessment of significant increase
 
in credit risk and the measurement of ECLs.
The following table presents the base ECL
 
scenario compared to the probability-weighted
 
ECLs, with the latter derived from
 
three ECL scenarios for performing
loans and off-balance sheet instruments. The difference
 
reflects the impact of deriving multiple
 
scenarios around the base ECLs and resultant
 
change in ECLs due
to non-linearity and sensitivity to using
 
macroeconomic forecasts.
 
 
Change from Base to Probability-Weighted
 
ECLs
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Probability-weighted ECLs
$
7,078
$
7,149
Base ECLs
6,593
6,658
Difference – in amount
$
485
$
491
Difference – in percentage
7.4
%
7.4
%
ECLs for performing loans and off-balance sheet
 
instruments consist of an aggregate amount
 
of Stage 1 and Stage 2 probability-weighted
 
ECLs which are twelve-
month ECLs and lifetime ECLs, respectively. Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage
 
2 ECLs result from a significant increase
 
in credit risk since initial recognition
 
of the
loan.
The following table shows the estimated
 
impact of staging on ECLs by presenting
 
all performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments
 
calculated using
twelve-month ECLs compared to the current
 
aggregate probability-weighted ECLs, holding
 
all risk profiles constant.
 
 
Incremental Lifetime ECLs Impact
(millions of Canadian dollars)
 
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
Probability-weighted ECLs
$
7,078
$
7,149
All performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments
 
using 12-month ECLs
5,195
5,295
Incremental lifetime ECLs impact
$
1,883
$
1,854
(g)
 
FORECLOSED ASSETS
Foreclosed assets are repossessed non-financial
 
assets where the Bank gains title, ownership,
 
or possession of individual properties,
 
such as real estate
properties, which are managed for sale in an
 
orderly manner with the proceeds used
 
to reduce or repay any outstanding debt.
 
The Bank does not generally occupy
foreclosed properties for its business use.
 
The Bank predominantly relies on third-party
 
appraisals to determine the carrying value of
 
foreclosed assets.
 
Foreclosed
assets held for sale were $
74
 
million as at January 31, 2024 (October 31, 2023
 
– $
59
 
million) and were recorded in Other assets
 
on the Interim Consolidated
Balance Sheet.
(h)
 
LOANS PAST DUE BUT NOT IMPAIRED
A loan is classified as past due when a borrower
 
has failed to make a payment by the
 
contractual due date.
The following table summarizes loans that are
 
past
due but not impaired.
 
Loans less than 31 days contractually past
 
due are excluded as they do not generally
 
reflect a borrower’s ability to meet
 
their payment
obligations.
 
Loans Past Due but not Impaired
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
October 31, 2023
 
31-60
61-89
31-60
61-89
 
days
days
Total
days
days
Total
Residential mortgages
 
$
271
$
126
$
397
$
286
$
81
$
367
Consumer instalment and other personal
887
328
1,215
870
287
1,157
Credit card
368
248
616
359
242
601
Business and government
300
115
415
264
103
367
Total
 
$
1,826
$
817
$
2,643
$
1,779
$
713
$
2,492
1
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 67
NOTE 7: INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES
INVESTMENT IN THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
 
The Bank has significant influence over The
 
Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”) and
 
the ability to participate in the financial and
 
operating policy-making
decisions of Schwab through a combination
 
of the Bank’s ownership, board representation
 
and the insured deposit account agreement
 
between the Bank and
Schwab. As such, the Bank accounts for its
 
investment in Schwab using the equity
 
method. The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings available
 
to common
shareholders is reported with a one-month
 
lag. The Bank takes into account changes
 
in the one-month lag period that would
 
significantly affect the results.
As at January 31, 2024, the Bank’s reported investment
 
in Schwab was approximately
12.3
% (October 31, 2023 –
12.4
%), consisting of
9.8
% of the outstanding
voting common shares and the remainder
 
in non-voting common shares of Schwab
 
with an aggregate fair value of $
19
 
billion (US$
14
 
billion) (October 31, 2023 –
$
16
 
billion (US$
12
 
billion)) based on the closing price of US$
62.92
 
(October 31, 2023 – US$
52.04
) on the New York Stock Exchange.
The Bank and Schwab are party to a stockholder
 
agreement (the “Stockholder Agreement”)
 
under which the Bank has the right
 
to designate two members of
Schwab’s Board of Directors and has representation
 
on two Board Committees, subject to
 
the Bank meeting certain conditions. The Bank’s
 
designated directors
currently are the Bank’s Group President and
 
Chief Executive Officer and the Bank’s Chair of
 
the Board. Under the Stockholder Agreement,
 
the Bank is not
permitted to own more than
9.9
% voting common shares of Schwab,
 
and the Bank is subject to customary
 
standstill restrictions and subject to certain exceptions,
transfer restrictions.
 
The carrying value of the Bank’s investment in
 
Schwab of $
9.5
 
billion as at January 31, 2024 (October
 
31, 2023 – $
8.9
 
billion) represents the Bank’s share of
Schwab’s stockholders’ equity, adjusted for goodwill, other intangibles,
 
and cumulative translation adjustment.
 
The Bank’s share of net income from its investment
in Schwab of $
141
 
million during the three months ended January
 
31, 2024 (January 31, 2023 – $
285
 
million) reflects net income after adjustments
 
for
amortization of certain intangibles net of tax.
 
The following tables represent the gross
 
amount of Schwab’s total assets, liabilities,
 
net revenues, net income available to common
 
stockholders, other
comprehensive income (loss), and comprehensive
 
income (loss).
 
Summarized Financial Information
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
December 31
September 30
2023
2023
Total assets
$
651,463
$
644,139
Total liabilities
597,360
592,923
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
December 31
December 31
2023
2022
Total net revenues
$
6,073
$
7,465
Total net income available to common stockholders
1,261
2,472
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
3,570
721
Total comprehensive income (loss)
 
4,831
 
3,193
Insured Deposit Account (“IDA”) Agreement
On November 25, 2019, the Bank and Schwab
 
signed an insured deposit account agreement
 
(the “2019 Schwab IDA Agreement”), with
 
an initial expiration date of
July 1, 2031. Under the 2019 Schwab IDA Agreement,
 
starting July 1, 2021, Schwab had the option
 
to reduce the deposits by up to US$
10
 
billion per year (subject
to certain limitations and adjustments),
 
with a floor of US$
50
 
billion. In addition, Schwab requested some
 
further operational flexibility to allow for
 
the sweep
deposit balances to fluctuate over time, under
 
certain conditions and subject to certain limitations.
On May 4, 2023, the Bank and Schwab entered
 
into an amended insured deposit account
 
agreement (the “2023 Schwab IDA Agreement”
 
or the “Schwab IDA
Agreement”), which replaced the 2019 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement. Pursuant to the 2023 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, the Bank continues to make
 
sweep deposit
accounts available to clients of Schwab. Schwab
 
designates a portion of the deposits
 
with the Bank as fixed-rate obligation amounts
 
(FROA). Remaining deposits
over the minimum level of FROA are designated
 
as floating-rate
 
obligations. In comparison to the 2019 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, the 2023 Schwab IDA
 
Agreement
extends the initial expiration date by three
 
years to July 1, 2034 and provides for lower
 
deposit balances in its first six years, followed
 
by higher balances in the
later years. Specifically, until September 2025, the aggregate
 
FROA will serve as the floor. Thereafter, the floor will be set at US$
60
 
billion. In addition, Schwab
has the option to buy down up to $
6.8
 
billion (US$
5
 
billion) of FROA by paying the Bank
 
certain fees in accordance with the 2023 Schwab
 
IDA Agreement, subject
to certain limits. Refer to Note 27 of the Bank’s 2023
 
Annual Consolidated Financial Statements
 
for further details on the Schwab IDA Agreement.
During the first quarter of 2024, Schwab exercised
 
its option to buy down the remaining $
0.7
 
billion (US$
0.5
 
billion) of the US$
5
 
billion FROA buydown
allowance and paid $
32
 
million (US$
23
 
million) in termination fees to the Bank in accordance
 
with the 2023 Schwab IDA Agreement. The fees
 
are intended to
compensate the Bank for losses incurred
 
this quarter from discontinuing certain
 
hedging relationships and for lost revenues.
 
The net impact is recorded in net
interest income.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 68
NOTE 8: SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTION
 
Acquisition of Cowen Inc.
On March 1, 2023, the Bank completed
 
the acquisition of Cowen Inc. (“Cowen”). The acquisition
 
advances the Wholesale Banking segment’s long-term
 
growth
strategy in the U.S. and adds complementary
 
products and services to the Bank’s existing
 
businesses. The results of the acquired
 
business have been
consolidated by the Bank from the closing date
 
and primarily reported in the Wholesale Banking
 
segment. Consideration included $
1,500
 
million
(US$
1,100
 
million) in cash for
100
% of Cowen’s common shares outstanding, $
253
 
million (US$
186
 
million) for the settlement of Cowen’s Series A Preferred
Stock, and $
205
 
million (US$
151
 
million) related to the replacement of
 
share-based payment awards.
The acquisition was accounted for as a business
 
combination under the purchase method.
 
The purchase price allocation can be adjusted
 
during the
measurement period, which shall not exceed
 
one year from the acquisition date, to reflect
 
new information obtained about facts and
 
circumstances. The
acquisition contributed $
10,800
 
million (US$
7,933
 
million) of assets and $
9,884
 
million (US$
7,261
 
million) of liabilities. The excess of accounting
 
consideration
over the fair value of the tangible net assets
 
acquired is allocated to other intangible assets
 
of $
298
 
million (US$
219
 
million) net of taxes, and goodwill of
$
744
 
million (US$
546
 
million). Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
The Bank plans to dispose of certain non-core
 
businesses that were acquired in connection
 
with the Cowen acquisition. These non-core
 
businesses are
disposal groups which meet the criteria
 
to be classified as held for sale and are measured
 
at the lower of their carrying amount and
 
fair value less costs to sell. The
assets and liabilities of these disposal groups
 
are recorded in Other assets and Other liabilities,
 
respectively, on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet. During
the three months ended January 31, 2024,
 
the Bank disposed of Cowen’s legacy prime brokerage
 
and outsourced trading business that
 
was classified as held for
sale. As at January 31, 2024, assets of $
699
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
1,958
 
million) and liabilities of $
235
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
1,291
 
million) were
classified as held for sale.
NOTE 9: OTHER ASSETS
 
Other Assets
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31
October 31
2024
2023
Accounts receivable and other items
1
$
12,361
$
13,893
Accrued interest
5,487
5,504
Current income tax receivable
3,204
4,814
Defined benefit asset
 
1,067
 
1,254
Reinsurance contract assets
708
702
Prepaid expenses
2
1,686
1,462
Total
$
24,513
$
27,629
1
Includes assets related to disposal groups classified as held for sale in connection with the Cowen acquisition. Refer
 
to Note 8 for further details.
2
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 for details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 69
NOTE 10: DEPOSITS
 
Demand deposits are those for which the Bank does not have the right to require notice prior to withdrawal and are in general
 
chequing accounts. Notice
deposits are those for which
 
the Bank can legally require notice prior
 
to withdrawal and are in general savings
 
accounts. Term deposits are payable on a given
date of maturity and are purchased by customers
 
to earn interest over a fixed period, with
 
terms ranging from one day to ten years and
 
generally include fixed term
deposits, guaranteed investment certificates,
 
senior debt, and similar instruments.
 
The aggregate amount of term deposits
 
in denominations of $100,000 or more
as at January 31, 2024, was $
501
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
512
 
billion).
 
 
Deposits
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31
October 31
By Type
By Country
2024
2023
Demand
Notice
Term
1
Canada
United States
International
Total
Total
Personal
$
16,647
$
475,868
$
130,325
$
329,247
$
293,593
$
$
622,840
$
626,596
Banks
11,499
223
14,221
15,280
8,833
1,830
25,943
31,225
Business and government
2
128,093
187,885
216,493
374,966
154,204
3,301
532,471
540,369
156,239
663,976
361,039
719,493
456,630
5,131
1,181,254
1,198,190
Trading
30,634
22,306
2,251
6,077
30,634
30,980
Designated at fair value through
profit or loss
3
179,962
39,955
66,245
73,762
179,962
191,988
Total
$
156,239
$
663,976
$
571,635
$
781,754
$
525,126
$
84,970
$
1,391,850
$
1,421,158
Non-interest-bearing deposits
included above
4
Canada
$
58,422
$
61,581
United States
70,234
76,376
International
23
Interest-bearing deposits
included above
4
Canada
723,332
712,283
United States
5
454,892
482,247
International
84,970
88,648
Total
2,6
$
1,391,850
$
1,421,158
1
Includes $
103.2
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
103.3
 
billion) of senior debt which is subject to the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime. This regime provides
 
certain statutory powers to the
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, including the ability to convert specified eligible shares and liabilities into
 
common shares in the event that the Bank becomes non-viable.
2
Includes $
61.1
 
billion relating to covered bondholders (October 31, 2023 – $
57.0
 
billion).
3
 
Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL on the Consolidated Balance Sheet also includes $
150.3
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
142.3
 
million) of loan commitments and financial
guarantees designated at FVTPL.
4
 
The geographical splits of the deposits are based on the point of origin of the deposits.
5
 
Includes $
6.9
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
13.9
 
billion) of U.S. federal funds deposited and $
8.7
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
9.0
 
billion) of deposits and advances with the FHLB.
6
 
Includes deposits of $
744.2
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
779.9
 
billion) denominated in U.S. dollars and $
117.0
 
billion (October 31, 2023 – $
115.0
 
billion) denominated in other foreign
currencies.
NOTE 11: OTHER LIABILITIES
 
Other Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
 
January 31
October 31
2024
2023
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and
 
other items
1,2
$
6,271
$
8,314
Accrued interest
4,568
4,421
Accrued salaries and employee benefits
3,447
4,993
Cheques and other items in transit
2
2,517
2,245
Current income tax payable
120
162
Deferred tax liabilities
191
204
Defined benefit liability
1,322
1,244
Lease liabilities
5,139
5,050
Liabilities related to structured entities
16,938
17,520
Provisions
 
(Note 18)
3,413
3,421
Total
2
$
43,926
$
47,574
1
Includes liabilities related to disposal groups classified as held for sale in connection with the Cowen acquisition.
 
Refer to Note 8 for further details.
2
 
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 for details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 70
NOTE 12: EQUITY
 
The following table summarizes the changes
 
to the shares and other equity instruments
 
issued and outstanding,
 
and treasury instruments held as at and
 
for the
three months ended January 31, 2024 and
 
January 31, 2023.
 
 
Shares and Other Equity Instruments
 
Issued and Outstanding and Treasury Instruments
 
Held
(millions of shares or other equity instruments
and millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
 
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Number
Number
of shares
Amount
of shares
Amount
Common Shares
Balance as at beginning of period
1,791.4
$
25,434
1,821.7
$
24,363
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise
of stock options
0.6
42
0.4
26
Shares issued as a result of dividend
reinvestment plan
1.7
137
7.9
705
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
(20.9)
(295)
Balance as at end of period – common shares
1,772.8
$
25,318
1,830.0
$
25,094
Preferred Shares and Other Equity Instruments
Preferred Shares – Class A
Balance as at beginning of period
143.6
$
5,200
159.6
$
5,600
Issue of shares
Redemption of shares
Balance as at end of period
143.6
$
5,200
159.6
$
5,600
Other Equity Instruments
1
Balance
 
as at beginning and end of period
5.0
$
5,653
5.0
$
5,653
Balance as at end of period – preferred
 
shares
and other equity instruments
148.6
$
10,853
164.6
$
11,253
Treasury – common shares
2
Balance as at beginning of period
0.7
$
(64)
1.0
$
(91)
Purchase of shares
 
37.5
(3,096)
20.4
(1,816)
Sale of shares
(37.5)
3,102
(20.3)
1,804
Balance as at end of period – treasury
– common shares
0.7
$
(58)
1.1
$
(103)
Treasury – preferred shares and
other equity instruments
2
Balance as at beginning of period
0.1
$
(65)
0.1
$
(7)
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
 
1.7
(98)
0.9
(141)
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
(1.7)
136
(0.9)
139
Balance as at end of period – treasury
– preferred shares and other equity
 
instruments
0.1
$
(27)
0.1
$
(9)
1
For Limited Recourse Capital Notes, the number of shares represents the number of notes issued.
2
 
When the Bank purchases its own equity instruments as part of its trading business, they are classified as treasury
 
instruments and the cost of these instruments is recorded as a
reduction in equity.
DIVIDENDS
On February 28, 2024, the Board approved
 
a dividend in an amount of one dollar and
 
two cents ($
1.02
) per fully paid common share in the capital
 
stock of the
Bank for the quarter ending April 30, 2024, payable
 
on and after April 30, 2024, to shareholders
 
of record at the close of business on April
 
9, 2024.
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
The Bank offers a dividend reinvestment plan
 
for its common shareholders. Participation in
 
the plan is optional and under the terms of the
 
plan, cash dividends on
common shares are used to purchase additional
 
common shares. At the option of the Bank,
 
the common shares may be issued from treasury
 
at an average
market price based on the last five trading
 
days before the date of the dividend payment,
 
with a discount of between
0
% to
5
% at the Bank’s discretion or
purchased from the open market at market
 
price.
 
During the three months ended January 31,
 
2024, the Bank issued
2.0
 
million common shares from treasury with
 
no discount. During the three months ended
January 31, 2023, the Bank issued
7.9
 
million common shares from treasury
 
with a
2
% discount.
 
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On August 28, 2023, the Bank announced
 
that the Toronto Stock Exchange and OSFI approved a normal course issuer
 
bid (NCIB) to repurchase for cancellation
up to
90
 
million of its common shares. The NCIB commenced
 
on August 31, 2023, and during the
 
three months ended January 31, 2024, the Bank
 
repurchased
20.9
 
million common shares under the NCIB, at
 
an average price of $
82.39
 
per share for a total amount of $
1.7
 
billion.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 71
NOTE 13: INSURANCE
 
(a)
INSURANCE SERVICE RESULT
Insurance revenue and expenses are presented
 
on the Interim Consolidated Statement
 
of Income under Insurance revenue and Insurance
 
service expenses,
respectively. Net income or expense from reinsurance is presented
 
in other income (loss).
The following table presents components of the
 
insurance service result
presented in the Interim Consolidated Statement
 
of Income for the Bank which includes
 
the results of property and casualty insurance,
 
life and health insurance,
as well as reinsurance issued and held in
 
Canada and internationally.
 
Insurance Service Result
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Insurance revenue
$
1,676
$
1,542
Insurance service expenses
1,366
1,164
Insurance service result before reinsurance
 
contracts held
 
310
378
Net income (expense) from reinsurance
 
contracts held
12
(45)
Insurance service result
$
322
$
333
The Bank recognized insurance finance expenses
 
of $
122
 
million from insurance and reinsurance contracts
 
for the three months ended January 31, 2024
 
(three
months ended January 31, 2023 – $
125
 
million) in other income (loss). The Bank’s investment
 
return on securities supporting insurance
 
contracts is comprised of
interest income reported in net interest income
 
and fair value changes reported in other income
 
(loss).
 
Investment return on securities supporting
 
insurance
contracts was $
131
 
million for the three months ended January
 
31, 2024 (three months ended January 31,
 
2023 – $
150
 
million).
(b)
INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES
 
Insurance contract liabilities are comprised
 
of amounts related to the LRC, the LIC
 
and other insurance liabilities.
 
The following table presents LRC and LIC balances
 
for property and casualty insurance contracts.
 
 
Property and casualty insurance contract liabilities by
 
LRC and LIC
(millions of Canadian dollars)
As at
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Liability for
Liability for
Liability for
Liability for
remaining coverage
incurred claims
Total
remaining coverage
incurred claims
Total
Estimates
Estimates
of the
of the
 
 
present
 
 
 
present
 
Excluding
value of
Excluding
value of
loss
Loss
future
Risk
loss
Loss
future
Risk
component
component
cash flows
adjustment
component
component
cash flows
adjustment
Balance at beginning of period
Insurance contract liabilities
$
630
$
129
$
4,740
$
220
$
5,719
$
623
$
113
$
4,700
$
208
$
5,644
Balance at end of period
Insurance contract liabilities
$
585
$
132
$
4,820
$
224
$
5,761
$
546
$
130
$
4,755
$
211
$
5,642
For property and casualty contracts,
 
during the three months ended January 31,
 
2024, the Bank recognized insurance revenue
 
of $
1,326
 
million (three months
ended January 31, 2023 – $
1,188
 
million), insurance service expenses of $
1,171
 
million (three months ended January 31, 2023
 
– $
979
 
million) and insurance
finance expenses of $
121
 
million (three months ended January 31,
 
2023 – $
121
 
million).
Other insurance liabilities were $
160
 
million as at January 31, 2024 (October 31, 2023
 
– $
127
 
million) and include life and health insurance
 
contract liabilities of
$
110
 
million (October 31, 2023 – $
124
 
million).
 
(c)
RISK ADJUSTMENT FOR NON-FINANCIAL
 
RISK AND DISCOUNTING
The risk adjustment reflects an amount that
 
an insurer would rationally pay to remove
 
the uncertainty that future cash flows will exceed
 
the expected value amount.
The Bank has estimated the risk adjustment
 
for its property and casualty operations’
 
LIC using statistical techniques in accordance
 
with Canadian accepted
actuarial principles to develop potential future observations
 
and a confidence level of 90th percentile.
Insurance contract liabilities are calculated
 
by discounting expected future cash flows.
 
The interest rates used to discount the Bank’s
 
insurance balances over a
duration of
1
 
to
10 years
 
range from
5.4
% to
4.8
% as at January 31, 2024 (October 31,
 
2023 –
5.7
% to
5.5
%).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 72
NOTE 14: SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
 
For the three months ended January 31, 2024,
 
the Bank recognized compensation expense
 
for stock option awards of $
10.1
 
million (three months ended
January 31, 2023 – $
11.1
 
million). During the three months ended
 
January 31, 2024,
2.5
 
million (three months ended January 31, 2023
 
2.5
 
million) stock options
were granted by the Bank at a weighted-average
 
fair value of $
14.36
 
per option (January 31, 2023 – $
14.70
 
per option).
The following table summarizes the assumptions
 
used for estimating the fair value of options
 
for the three months ended January 31, 2024
 
and January 31, 2023.
 
Assumptions Used for Estimating the
 
Fair Value of Options
(in Canadian dollars, except as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
Risk-free interest rate
3.41
%
2.87
%
Option contractual life
10 years
10 years
Expected volatility
18.92
%
18.43
%
Expected dividend yield
3.78
%
3.69
%
Exercise price/share price
$
81.78
$
90.55
The risk-free interest rate is based on Government
 
of Canada benchmark bond yields as
 
at the grant date. Expected volatility is
 
calculated based on the historical
average daily volatility and expected dividend
 
yield is based on dividend payouts in the last
 
fiscal year. These assumptions are measured over a period
corresponding to the option contractual life.
NOTE 15: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
The following table summarizes expenses for
 
the Bank’s principal pension and non-pension
 
post-retirement defined benefit plans
 
and the Bank’s other material
defined benefit pension plans, for the
 
three months ended January 31, 2024
 
and January 31, 2023. Other employee defined
 
benefit plans operated by the Bank
and certain of its subsidiaries are not considered
 
material for disclosure purposes.
 
Defined Benefit Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Principal post-retirement
 
Principal pension plans
benefit plan
Other pension plans
1
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
January 31
January 31
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Service cost – benefits earned
$
54
$
62
$
1
$
1
$
4
$
4
Net interest cost (income) on net defined
 
benefit liability (asset)
(20)
(25)
5
5
6
6
Interest cost on asset limitation and minimum
 
funding
requirement
3
5
1
1
Defined benefit administrative expenses
2
2
1
1
Total
$
39
$
44
$
6
$
6
$
12
$
12
1
Includes Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension
 
plan, TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plan, TD Insurance defined benefit pension
plan, and supplemental executive defined benefit pension plans.
The following table summarizes expenses for
 
the Bank’s defined contribution plans for the three
 
months ended January 31, 2024 and January
 
31, 2023.
 
 
Defined Contribution Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
Defined contribution pension plans
1
$
85
$
64
Government pension plans
2
197
173
Total
$
282
$
237
1
Includes defined contribution portion of the TD Pension Plan (Canada) and TD Bank, N.A. defined contribution 401(k)
 
plan.
2
 
Includes Canada Pension Plan, Quebec Pension Plan, and Social Security under the U.S.
Federal Insurance Contributions Act
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 73
The following table summarizes the remeasurements
 
recognized in OCI for the Bank’s principal pension
 
and post-retirement defined benefit plans
 
and certain of
the Bank’s other material defined benefit pension
 
plans, for the three months ended January
 
31, 2024 and January 31, 2023.
 
Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive
 
Income for Remeasurement of Defined
 
Benefit Plans
1,2,3
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Principal post-retirement
Principal pension plans
benefit plan
Other pension plans
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
January 31
January 31
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – financial
$
(1,124)
$
(382)
$
(36)
$
(24)
$
(43)
$
Remeasurement gain/(loss) – return on plan
 
assets less
interest income
800
386
Change in asset limitation and minimum
 
funding requirement
176
116
Total
$
(148)
$
120
$
(36)
$
(24)
$
(43)
$
1
 
Excludes the Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit
 
pension plan, TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plan, TD Insurance defined benefit pension
plan, and other employee defined benefit plans operated by the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries not considered material for
 
disclosure purposes as these plans are not remeasured on
a quarterly basis.
 
2
 
Changes in discount rates and return on plan assets are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. All other assumptions
 
are updated annually.
3
 
Amounts are presented on a pre-tax basis.
NOTE 16: INCOME TAXES
International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Global Minimum Tax
The OECD published Pillar Two model rules as part of its
 
efforts toward international tax reform. The
 
Pillar Two model rules provide for the implementation of a
15% global minimum tax for large multinational
 
enterprises, which is to be applied on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction
 
basis. Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or
substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions
 
in which the Bank operates. The earliest
 
the legislation will be effective for the Bank is the
 
fiscal year beginning on
November 1, 2024. On August 4, 2023, draft legislative
 
proposals regarding Canada’s implementation
 
of the Pillar Two rules were released for public comment
and updated proposals are expected to be issued
 
in early 2024. The Bank is assessing
 
its potential exposure to Pillar Two income taxes.
Other Tax Matters
The Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Revenu
 
Québec Agency (RQA) and Alberta
 
Tax and Revenue Administration (ATRA) are denying certain dividend and
interest deductions claimed by the Bank.
 
As at January 31, 2024, the CRA has reassessed
 
the Bank for $
1,661
 
million for the years 2011 to 2018, the RQA has
reassessed the Bank for $
51
 
million for the years 2011 to 2017, and the ATRA has reassessed the Bank for $
71
 
million for the years 2011 to 2018. In total, the
Bank has been reassessed for $
1,783
 
million of income tax and interest. The Bank
 
expects to continue to be reassessed for
 
open years. The Bank is of the view
that its tax filing positions were appropriate
 
and filed a Notice of Appeal with the
 
Tax Court of Canada on March 21, 2023.
NOTE 17: EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by
 
dividing net income attributable to common
 
shareholders by the weighted-average number
 
of common shares
outstanding for the period.
 
Diluted earnings per share is calculated using
 
the same method as basic earnings per share
 
except that certain adjustments are made
 
to net income
attributable to common shareholders and
 
the weighted-average number of shares outstanding
 
for the effects of all dilutive potential common
 
shares that are
assumed to be issued by the Bank.
 
The following table presents the Bank’s basic and
 
diluted earnings per share for the three
 
months ended January 31, 2024 and January
 
31, 2023.
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
1
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
For the three months ended
January 31
January 31
2024
2023
Basic earnings per share
Net income attributable to common shareholders
$
2,750
$
1,498
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
(millions)
1,776.7
1,820.7
Basic earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
$
1.55
$
0.82
Diluted earnings per share
 
Net income attributable to common shareholders
 
$
2,750
$
1,498
Net income available to common shareholders
 
including impact of dilutive securities
2,750
1,498
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
(millions)
1,776.7
1,820.7
Effect of dilutive securities
 
Stock options potentially exercisable (millions)
2
1.5
2.4
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
 
– diluted (millions)
1,778.2
1,823.1
Diluted earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
2
$
1.55
$
0.82
1
Amounts for the three months ended January 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to
 
Note 2 for details.
2
 
For the three months ended January 31, 2024, the computation of diluted earnings per share excluded average
 
options outstanding of
4.9
 
million, with a weighted-average exercise price
of $
92.89
, as the option price was greater than the average market price of the Bank’s common shares.
 
For the three months ended January 31, 2023, the computation of diluted
earnings per share excluded average options outstanding of
3.7
 
million, with a weighted-average exercise price of $
93.69
, as the option price was greater than the average market price
of the Bank’s common shares.
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 74
NOTE 18: PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENT
 
LIABILITIES
 
Other than as described below, there have been no new
 
significant events or transactions except as
 
previously identified in Note 26 of
 
the Bank’s 2023 Annual
Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a)
 
RESTRUCTURING
The Bank continued to undertake certain
 
measures in the first quarter of 2024 to reduce
 
its cost base and achieve greater efficiency. In connection with these
measures, the Bank incurred $291 million
 
of restructuring charges. The restructuring
 
costs primarily relate to: (i) employee
 
severance and other personnel-related
costs recorded as provisions and (ii) real
 
estate optimization mainly recorded as a reduction
 
to land and buildings.
(b)
 
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
Other than as described below, there have been no new
 
significant legal and regulatory matters,
 
and no significant developments to the matters
 
previously
identified in Note 26 of the Bank’s 2023 Annual
 
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In the ordinary course
 
of business, the Bank and
 
its subsidiaries are involved
 
in various legal
 
and regulatory actions, including
 
but not limited to civil
 
claims and
lawsuits, regulatory examinations,
 
investigations, audits, and requests
 
for information by governmental,
 
regulatory and self-regulatory
 
agencies and law
enforcement authorities in various
 
jurisdictions, in respect of our businesses
 
and compliance programs. The
 
Bank establishes provisions
 
when it becomes
probable that the Bank
 
will incur a loss and
 
the amount can be
 
reliably estimated. The Bank
 
also estimates the aggregate
 
range of reasonably possible
 
losses
(RPL) in its legal and regulatory
 
actions (that is, those which
 
are neither probable nor
 
remote), in excess of provisions.
 
As at January 31, 2024,
 
the Bank’s RPL is
from
zero
 
to approximately $
1.42
 
billion (October 31, 2023
 
– from
zero
 
to approximately $
1.44
 
billion). The Bank’s provisions
 
and RPL represent the
 
Bank’s best
estimates based upon currently
 
available information for
 
actions for which estimates
 
can be made, but
 
there are a number of
 
factors that could cause
 
the Bank’s
provisions and/or RPL to be
 
significantly different from its actual
 
or RPL. For example,
 
the Bank’s estimates involve
 
significant judgment due to
 
the varying stages
of the proceedings, the
 
existence of multiple defendants
 
in many proceedings
 
whose share of liability
 
has yet to be
 
determined, the numerous
 
yet-unresolved
issues in many of the
 
proceedings, some of
 
which are beyond the Bank’s
 
control and/or involve novel legal
 
theories and interpretations, the attendant
 
uncertainty
of the various potential outcomes
 
of such proceedings, and the fact
 
that the underlying matters will change
 
from time to time. In addition,
 
some actions seek very
large or indeterminate damages.
The Bank and certain of its subsidiaries have
 
been responding to inquiries from, and
 
cooperating with, the Securities and Exchange
 
Commission (SEC) and the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) concerning
 
compliance with records preservation
 
requirements relating to business communications
 
exchanged
on unapproved electronic channels. The Bank
 
is engaged in settlement discussions
 
with the SEC and CFTC and anticipates
 
that resolution will include penalties.
The SEC and CFTC have conducted similar
 
investigations at other financial institutions.
In management’s opinion, based on its current
 
knowledge and after consultation with counsel,
 
the ultimate disposition of these actions,
 
individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse
 
effect on the consolidated financial condition
 
or the consolidated cash flows of the Bank.
 
However, because of the
factors listed above, as well as other uncertainties
 
inherent in litigation and regulatory matters,
 
there is a possibility that the ultimate resolution
 
of legal or regulatory
actions may be material to the Bank’s consolidated
 
results of operations for any particular reporting
 
period.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 75
NOTE 19: SEGMENTED INFORMATION
 
For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports
 
its results from business operations and
 
activities under four key business segments:
 
Canadian Personal
and Commercial Banking, U.S. Retail, Wealth
 
Management and Insurance, and Wholesale
 
Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped
 
into the Corporate
segment.
Canadian Personal and Commercial
 
Banking provides financial products and services
 
to personal, small business and commercial
 
customers, and includes
TD Auto Finance Canada. U.S. Retail is
 
comprised of personal and business banking
 
in the U.S., TD Auto Finance U.S., the
 
U.S. wealth business,
 
as well as the
Bank’s equity investment in Schwab. Wealth Management
 
and Insurance includes the Canadian wealth
 
business which provides investment products
 
and services
to institutional and retail investors, and the insurance
 
business which provides property and
 
casualty insurance, as well as life and health insurance
 
products to
customers across Canada. Effective the first quarter
 
of 2024, certain asset management businesses
 
which were previously reported in the
 
U.S. Retail segment are
now reported in the Wealth Management and
 
Insurance segment. Comparative period information
 
has been adjusted to reflect the new alignment.
 
Wholesale
Banking provides a wide range of capital
 
markets, investment banking, and corporate
 
banking products and services,
 
including underwriting and distribution
 
of new
debt and equity issues, providing advice
 
on strategic acquisitions and divestitures, and
 
meeting the daily trading, funding, and investment
 
needs of the Bank’s
clients. The Corporate segment includes the
 
effects of certain asset securitization programs,
 
treasury management, elimination of taxable
 
equivalent adjustments
and other management reclassifications,
 
corporate level tax items, and residual
 
unallocated revenue and expenses.
 
The following table summarizes the segment
 
results for the three months ended January
 
31, 2024 and January 31, 2023.
 
Results by Business Segment
1,2
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Canadian
 
Wealth
Personal and
Management
Commercial Banking
U.S. Retail
and Insurance
Wholesale Banking
3
Corporate
3
Total
For the three months ended January 31
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income (loss)
$
3,833
$
3,539
$
2,899
$
3,167
$
285
$
283
$
198
$
525
$
273
$
219
$
7,488
$
7,733
Non-interest income (loss)
1,051
1,050
604
560
2,850
2,632
1,582
820
139
(594)
6,226
4,468
Total revenue
4,884
4,589
3,503
3,727
3,135
2,915
1,780
1,345
412
(375)
13,714
12,201
Provision for (recovery of)
credit losses
423
327
385
200
10
32
183
131
1,001
690
Insurance service expenses
1,366
1,164
1,366
1,164
Non-interest expenses
 
1,984
1,863
2,410
2,040
1,047
1,009
1,500
883
1,089
2,317
8,030
8,112
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
and share of net income from
investment in Schwab
2,477
2,399
708
1,487
722
742
270
430
(860)
(2,823)
3,317
2,235
Provision for (recovery of)
income taxes
 
692
670
(5)
204
167
188
65
99
(285)
(222)
634
939
Share of net income from
investment in Schwab
4,5
194
301
(53)
(16)
141
285
Net income (loss)
$
1,785
$
1,729
$
907
$
1,584
$
555
$
554
$
205
$
331
$
(628)
$
(2,617)
$
2,824
$
1,581
1
Amounts for the three months ended January 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to
 
Note 2 for details.
2
 
The retailer program partners’ share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an
 
offsetting amount (representing the partners’ net share) recorded in
Non-interest expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included
 
in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and
credit losses attributable to the Bank under the agreements.
3
 
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB). The TEB adjustment
 
reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate
segment.
 
4
 
The after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles, the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration
 
charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade, the Bank’s
share of Schwab’s restructuring charges, and the Bank’s share of Schwab’s FDIC
 
special assessment charge are recorded in the Corporate segment.
5
 
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings is reported with a one-month lag. Refer to
 
Note 7 for further details.
 
Total Assets by Business Segment
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
Canadian
Wealth
Personal and
Management
Wholesale
Commercial Banking
U.S. Retail
and Insurance
Banking
Corporate
Total
 
As at January 31, 2024
Total assets
$
565,310
$
546,140
$
22,522
$
652,260
$
124,660
$
1,910,892
As at October 31, 2023
Total assets
$
560,303
$
560,585
$
22,293
$
673,398
$
138,560
$
1,955,139
1
Balances as at October 31, 2023 have been restated for the adoption of IFRS 17. Refer to Note 2 for details.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 76
NOTE 20: INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
The following tables present interest income
 
and interest expense by basis of accounting
 
measurement.
 
Interest Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Measured at amortized cost
1
$
19,566
$
15,528
 
Measured at FVOCI – Debt instruments
1
933
720
20,499
16,248
Measured or designated at FVTPL
2,250
1,756
Measured at FVOCI – Equity instruments
64
52
Total
$
22,813
$
18,056
1
Interest income is calculated using EIRM.
Interest Expense
(millions of Canadian dollars)
For the three months ended
January 31, 2024
January 31, 2023
Measured at amortized cost
1
$
12,192
$
8,671
 
Measured or designated at FVTPL
3,133
1,652
Total
$
15,325
$
10,323
1
Interest expense is calculated using EIRM.
NOTE 21: REGULATORY CAPITAL
 
The Bank manages its capital under guidelines
 
established by OSFI. The regulatory
 
capital guidelines measure capital in relation
 
to credit, market, and operational
risks. The Bank has various capital policies,
 
procedures, and controls which it utilizes
 
to achieve its goals and objectives. The Bank
 
is designated as a domestic
systemically important bank (D-SIB) and
 
a global systemically important bank (G-SIB).
Canadian banks designated as D-SIBs are required
 
to comply with OSFI’s minimum targets for risk-based
 
capital and leverage ratios. The minimum
 
targets
include a D-SIB surcharge and Domestic Stability
 
Buffer (DSB) for CET1, Tier 1, Total Capital and risk-based Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) ratios. The
DSB level was increased to
3.5
% as of November 1, 2023, which
 
sets these minimum target ratios at
11.5
%,
13.0
%,
15.0
% and
25.0
%, respectively. The OSFI
target includes the greater of the D-SIB or
 
G-SIB surcharge, both of which are
 
currently
1
% for the Bank. On February 1, 2023, OSFI
 
announced revisions to the
Leverage Requirements Guideline to introduce
 
a requirement for D-SIBs to hold a leverage
 
ratio buffer of
0.50
% in addition to the existing minimum requirement.
This sets the minimum targets for leverage
 
and TLAC leverage ratios at
3.5
% and
7.25
%, respectively.
 
The Bank complied with all minimum risk-based
 
capital and leverage ratio requirements
 
set by OSFI in the three months ended
 
January 31, 2024.
 
The following table summarizes the Bank’s regulatory
 
capital positions as at January 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023.
 
The impact to CET1 capital upon adoption
 
of IFRS 17 is immaterial to the Bank.
Regulatory Capital Position
(millions of Canadian dollars, except
 
as noted)
As at
January 31
October 31
 
2024
2023
Capital
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
$
80,679
$
82,317
Tier 1 Capital
91,154
92,752
Total Capital
101,789
103,648
Risk-weighted assets used in the calculation
 
of capital ratios
579,424
571,161
Capital and leverage ratios
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
13.9
%
14.4
%
Tier 1 Capital ratio
15.7
16.2
Total Capital ratio
17.6
18.1
Leverage ratio
4.4
4.4
TLAC Ratio
30.8
32.7
TLAC Leverage Ratio
8.6
8.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD BANK GROUP • FIRST QUARTER 2024 •
 
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
Page 77
SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
Shareholder Services
If you:
And your inquiry relates to:
 
Please contact:
Are a registered shareholder (your name appears
on your TD share certificate)
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate
questions, address changes to the share register,
dividend bank account changes, the dividend
reinvestment plan, eliminating duplicate mailings
 
of
shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming)
receiving annual and quarterly reports
Transfer Agent:
TSX Trust Company
301-100 Adelaide Street West
Toronto, ON M5H 4H1
 
1-800-387-0825 (Canada and U.S. only)
or 416-682-3860
Facsimile: 1-888-249-6189
 
shareholderinquiries@tmx.com or www.tsxtrust.com
 
Hold your TD shares through the
 
Direct Registration System
 
in the United States
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate
questions, address changes to the share register,
eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder
materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving
 
annual
and quarterly reports
Co-Transfer Agent and Registrar:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43006
Providence, RI 02940-3006
or
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
150 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
1-866-233-4836
TDD for hearing impaired: 1-800-231-5469
Shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6578
TDD shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6610
Email inquiries: web.queries@computershare.com
www.computershare.com/investor
 
Beneficially own TD shares that are
 
held in the
name of an intermediary, such as a bank,
 
a trust
company, a securities broker or other nominee
Your TD shares, including questions
 
regarding the
dividend reinvestment plan and mailings of
shareholder materials
Your intermediary
For all other shareholder inquiries, please
 
contact TD Shareholder Relations at
 
416-944-6367 or 1-866-756-8936 or email
 
tdshinfo@td.com. Please note that by
leaving us an e-mail or voicemail message,
 
you are providing your consent for us to
 
forward your inquiry to the appropriate party
 
for response.
 
General Information
Products and services: Contact TD
 
Canada Trust, 24 hours a day, seven
 
days a week: 1-866-567-8888
 
French: 1-866-233-2323
Cantonese/Mandarin: 1-800-328-3698
 
Telephone device for the hearing impaired
 
(TTY): 1-800-361-1180
Website:
 
www.td.com
Email:
customer.service@td.com
Quarterly Earnings Conference Call
TD Bank Group will host an earnings conference
 
call in Toronto, Ontario on February
 
29, 2024.
 
The call will be audio webcast live through
 
TD’s website at
8:30 a.m. ET. The call will feature presentations
 
by TD executives on the Bank’s
 
financial results for first quarter and discussions
 
of related disclosures, followed by
a question-and-answer period with analysts.
 
The presentation material referenced
 
during the call will be available on the TD
 
website at www.td.com/investor on
February 29, 2024, in advance of the call.
 
A listen-only telephone line
 
is available at 416-641-6150 or 1-866-696-5894
 
(toll free) and the passcode is 2727354#.
The audio webcast and presentations will be
 
archived at www.td.com/investor.
 
Replay of the teleconference will be available
 
from 5:00 p.m. ET on
February 29, 2024, until 11:59 p.m. ET on
 
March 15, 2024, by calling 905-694-9451 or 1-800-408-3053
 
(toll free). The passcode is 7300743#.
Annual Meeting
Thursday, April 18, 2024
Toronto, Ontario